Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

idhc · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker idhc
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Integrated Diagnostics Holdings
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A YEAR OF

RESILIENT 
BUSINESS

Contents

04  Strategic Report

06  Who We Are
10  Highlights of 2020
14  Covid-19 Response Protocols
18  Chairman’s Message
20  Chief Executive’s Report
28  Our Markets
40  Our Brands
44  Our Services
48  Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy
52  Principle Risks, Uncertainties & their Mitigation

62  Performance

64  Financial & Operational Review
74  Corporate Social Responsibility

76  Corporate Governance

78  Board of Directors
80  Corporate Governance Report
88  Audit Committee Report
92  Remuneration Committee Report
94  Directors’ Report

100  Financial Statements

102  Independent Auditor’s Report
108  Consolidated Financial Statements
113  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2020

Annual Report

A YEAR OF
RESILIENT 
BUSINESS

A Leading Consumer Healthcare Company in the 

Middle East and Africa

4

STRATEGIC
REPORT
IDH demonstrated once more 
its ability to adjust to changing 
market dynamics and deliver 
strong financial and operational 
results despite the challenges

19%

Revenue growth versus 2019

21%

Net profit growth versus 2019

6

Strategic Report  // Who We Are

Who We Are

+40

years track record at the 
subsidiary levels

7

key brands with 
strong awareness in 
underserved

4

countries across 
the Middle East 
and Africa

EGP/BN

2.7

in revenue in 2020, 
+19% vs 2019

LSE

listed since May 
2015

481

operational branches as 
at 31 December 2020

Integrated  Diagnostics  Holdings  (“IDH,”  the 
“Group,” or the “Company”) is a leading consumer 
healthcare company in the Middle East and Africa 
with operations in Egypt, Jordan, Sudan and Nige-
ria. With a 40-year track record, IDH is a trusted 
provider of high-quality pathology and radiology 
services  with  internationally  recognised  accredi-
tations. Today, the Group offers a wide suite ser-
vices  encompassing  over  2,000  diagnostic  tests. 
As at 31 December 2020, IDH operated a network 
of  481  branches  across  its  geographic  footprint, 
deploying  a  CAPEX-light  Hub,  Spoke  and  Spike 
business  model  to  fuel  its  continued  expansion. 
The  Group  also  offers  data-driven  healthcare 
services  through  its  latest  subsidiary  “Wayak”. 
Launched in 2019, the new venture sees the Group 
leverage  a  database  of  over  13  million  patients 
with the aim of generating growth opportunities 
in the healthcare management space.

Alongside  the  Group’s  continuous  investment 
in  organic  growth,  IDH  also  pursues  strategic 
acquisition opportunities in new markets where 
it can leverage its business model to capitalise 
on  similar  healthcare  and  consumer  trends. 
IDH is a Jersey-registered entity with a Standard 
Listing on the Main Market of the London Stock 
Exchange since May 2015.

Our Brands
IDH’s core brands include Al Borg, Al Borg Scan, Al Mokhtabar and Wayak in Egypt, Biolab in Jordan, Ultralab and Al 
Mokhtabar Sudan in Sudan, and Echo-Lab in Nigeria.

2020 Annual Report7

Our Services
Through IDH’s brands, the Group offers over 2,000 internationally accredited pathology tests ranging 
from basic blood glucose tests for diabetes to advanced molecular testing for genetic disorders. Addi-
tionally, IDH offers the full suite of radiology services through Al Borg Scan in Egypt and Echo-Lab in 
Nigeria. In Egypt, IDH leverages advanced data systems to provide patients with highly tailored health-
care management services through its subsidairy, Wayak.

Immunology

Microbiology

Haematology

Endocrinology

Clinical Chemistry

Molecular Biology

Cytogenetics

Histopathology

Radiology

Our Markets
IDH has a footprint spanning four countries in the Middle East and Africa, including Egypt, Sudan, Jor-
dan, and Nigeria. The generally under-penetrated and underserved nature of these markets’ diagnostic 
services industry provide significant structural growth drivers for the Group.

Egypt

Jordan

Nigeria

Sudan

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings8

Strategic Report  // Who We Are

Our Patients 
IDH  serves  two  principal  types  of  clients: 
contract  (corporate)  and  walk-in  (individuals). 
Within each of these categories, the Group also 
offers a house call service, and within the con-
tract segment, a lab-to-lab service.

IDH’s  walk-in  clients,  also  referred  to  as 
“self-payers”,  represented  46%  of  the  Group’s 
revenues  in  2020,  and  include  individuals  who 
pay  out  of  pocket  in  advance  of  tests  being 
completed.

IDH’s contract clients, who in 2020 represented 
54% of the Group’s revenues, include institutions 
such  as  unions,  syndicates,  private  and  public 
insurance  companies,  banks  and  corporations 
who enter into one-year renewable contracts at 
agreed rates per-test and on a per-client basis.

An Asset-Light Business Model
IDH’s  asset-light  business  model  provides  the 
Group  with  a  platform  to  grow  in  a  capital 
efficient manner and is comprised of two stra-
tegic  components.  The  first  is  the  IDH’s  easily 
scalable  “Hub,  Spoke  and  Spike”  network  of 
branch laboratories. The second is key supplier 
relationships  that  supports  rapid  expansion 
and alleviates the Company from having to pur-
chase expansive medical diagnostic equipment. 

Hub, Spoke and Spike
The  Group’s  CAP-accredited  Mega  Lab  serves 
as  the ‘Hub’ and is  equipped  with state-of-the-
art  equipment.  This  provides  the  tools  and 
the  capacity  required  to  process  all  tests  and 
services  for  samples  collected  by  the  B-Labs 
(Spokes) and C-Labs (Spikes). The Group utilises 

2020 Annual Report9

MEGA  LAB

its B-Labs to process routine test and leverages 
their  capacity  to  manage  traffic  to  the  Group’s 
Mega  Lab  when  needed.  On  the  other  hand, 
C-Labs  or  Spikes  function  primarily  as  collec-
tion centres and most importantly increase the 
Group’s geographic reach to clients nationwide. 
This “plug and play” business model forms the 
operational  backbone  of  the  Group  and  pro-
vides  it  with  significant  leverage  in  extracting 
advantageous revenue and cost synergies.

Supplier Relationships
IDH’s  unique  business  model  strengthens  the 
Company’s  position  in  its  relationship  with  its 
suppliers.  As  one  of  the  MENA  region’s  largest 
provider  for  diagnostic  services,  the  Group 
has  substantial  bargaining  power  that  allows 
it  to  negotiate  favourable  contract  terms  with 

medical  equipment  and  test  kit  suppliers.  The 
Group’s contracts with its key suppliers of medi-
cal testing kits also include the provision of the 
equipment to analyse the laboratory test results. 
These  agreements  have  minimum  annual 
commitment  payments  to  cover  the  medical 
diagnostic equipment, kits and chemicals to be 
used for testing and ongoing maintenance and 
support services.

As test volumes continue to increase, IDH’s eas-
ily covers these minimum annual payments due 
to its sheer business size, while the high volume 
of kit consumption supports its pricing power, 
reducing the cost per test while simultaneously 
incurring  no  initial  capital  outlay  for  the  pur-
chase of medical diagnostic equipment.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings10

Strategic Report  // Highlights of 2020

Highlights of 2020

Overall, our large operational scale, wide 
geographic reach, and prompt response 
to the difficulties posed by Covid-19 
proved vital in 2020

Financial Highlights

Revenues

Gross Profit

recorded EGP 2,656 million in 2020, up 19% 
year-on-year. Strong growth for the year was 
a direct result of IDH’s ability to swiftly adapt 
its service offering to changing dynamics by 
offering PCR and Covid-19-related1  testing in 
Egypt and Jordan and ramping up its house calls 
services in both countries. 

recorded EGP 1,343 million in 2020, up 24% year-
on-year  and  with  an  associated  margin  of  51% 
versus 49% in 2019. Improved gross profitability 
was supported by strong top-line growth.

Operating Profit

 EBITDA2

grew by 25% year-on-year to EGP 986 million in 
2020  with  an  associated  margin  of  37%  versus 
36%  in  2019.  Strong  operating  profit  growth 
comes  despite  IDH  booking  EGP  42  million  in 
provisions to account for expected credit losses 
in accordance with IFRS 9.

surpassed the EGP 1 billion mark to record EGP 
1,171  million  for  2020,  up  24%  against  the  EGP 
945  million  figure  recorded  in  2019.  EBITDA 
margin  increased  to  44%  in  2020  from  42%  in 
the  previous  year  supported  by  improved  gross 
profitability for the year.

1  Covid-19-related tests include Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and antibody testing as well as a bundle of inflammatory and clotting markers 
such as Complete Blood Picture, Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate (ESR), D-Dimer, Ferritin and C-reactive Protein (CRP), among others.
2 EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization.

2020 Annual Report11

Net Profit

Recommended Final Dividend 

increased 21% year-on-year to EGP 609 million in 
2020, with a net profit margin of 23% unchanged 
versus  2019.  Bottom-line  profitability  was  sup-
ported by solid revenue growth for the year com-
bined with higher interest income in 2020.

of  US$  0.049  per  share,  equivalent  to  US$  29.1 
million in total.

Earnings Per Share3

stood at EGP 0.99 in 2020 compared to EGP 0.85 
in 2019

3 Based on 600 million shares.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings12

Strategic Report  // Highlights of 2020

Operational Highlights

Egypt

Radiology

strong demand for PCR and Covid-
19-related testing and the company’s 
house call services supported a 14% 
year-on-year increase in revenue for 2020.

increase in Al Borg Scan operations 
with growing contribution to revenue 
and EBITDA and a third branch set 
to commence operations in 2021.

Jordan

Nigeria

Biolab was at the forefront of CPR 
testing for Covid-19 from the very start, 
supporting an impressive increase in 
the geography’s top-line for the year.

increased brand awareness and 
demand for Echo-Lab’s high-quality 
services drove strong top-line growth 
despite Covid-19-related difficulties.

481

27.1

operational branches in 2020, 
up from 452 in 2019.

million tests performed across 
the Group in 2020.

7.1

EGP 98

million patients served in across the 
Group in 2020.

average revenue per test, 
up 34% year-on-year.

Revenue by Geography

% of total revenue in 2019

% of total revenue in 2020

■ Egypt
■ Jordan
■ Sudan
 Nigeria

85%
12%
2%
1%

■ Egypt
■ Jordan
■ Sudan
 Nigeria

82%
15%
1%
1%

2020 Annual Report13

Results Summary

Financial

 EGP mn

Revenues*

Cost of Sales

Gross Profit

Gross Profit Margin

Operating Profit

EBITDA4 

EBITDA Margin

Net Profit

Net Profit Margin 

Cash Balance

2020

2019

Change

                   2,656 

              2,226 

                 (1,314)

            (1,143)

                   1,343 

              1,084 

51%

49%

                      986 

                 791 

                   1,171 

                 945 

44%

42%

                      609 

                 505 

23%

23%

                      877 

                 631 

19%

15%

24%

1.9 pts

25%

24%

1.6 pts

21%

0.3 pts

39%

*  Excluding the 100 Million Healthy Lives Campaign from 2019 figures, consolidated revenues would have increased 22% year-on-year. The 100 
Million Healthy Lives campaign ran from November 2018 through June 2019. In the six months to 30 June 2019 IDH served 224 thousand patients 
under the campaign’s umbrella and performed 2.4 million tests. Total campaign-related revenue in 2019 reached EGP 47 million.

4  EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization.

Operational

Branches

Patients ('000)

Revenue per Patient (EGP)

Tests ('000)

Revenue per Test (EGP)

Test per Patient

Revenue by Type

2019

Change

2020

481

7,113

373

452

7,481

298

27,073

30,471

98

3.8

73

4.1

29

-5%

25%

-11%

34%

-7%

% of total revenue in 2019**

■ Walk in

■ Contract

44%

56%

% of total revenue in 2020

■ Walk in
■ Contract

46%
54%

** In 2020, management revisited the definition of contract customers who have contractual agreements and are granted discounts above 20%, hence 
all cash paying customers with discounts equal or below 20% were reclassified as walk-in. Reclassification adjustments include the transfer of 720 
thousand tests in 2019 and associated revenue of EGP 79 million from the contract segment to walk-ins. The upper mentioned reclassification allows 
better representation of both segments.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings14

Strategic Report  // Covid-19 Response Protocols

Covid-19 Response 
Protocols

From the very start of the Covid-19 pandemic, 
IDH  has  implemented  detailed  internal  proto-
cols to protect the safety of its staff and patients 
and  safeguard  its  operations.  Under  the  over-
sight of a dedicated team, these protocols have 
been  regularly  assessed  and  refined  to  ensure 
that  they  best  reflect  the  evolving  situation 
across  the  Company’s  countries  of  operation. 

Across  IDH’s  headquarter  offices  and  branch 
network, these protocols continue to be scrupu-
lously  adhered  to  allowing  the  Group  to  safely 
carry  on  providing  its  world-class  services. 
IDH’s  response  to  the  spread  of  Covid-19  is 
focused  on  two  fronts:  Staff  and  patient  safety 
and business continuity.

Staff and Patient Safety

Appropriate Protective Equipment 

All  of  IDH  use  appropriate  protective  equipment  when  interacting  with  patients, 
including those suspected of having Covid-19 or any other infectious disease. IDH 
maintains a robust stock of protective equipment to ward against supply-chain risk. 

Procedures for Interacting with Patients 

All of IDH’s frontline staff are trained on procedures for interacting with patients 
suspected  of  carrying  Covid-19  or  any  other  communicable  disease.  Managers 
regularly review these procedures with their teams and a refresher has been dis-
seminated to all employees. These procedures include steps that are taken to (a) 
protect IDH’s staff and (b) protect other patients presenting at the Group’s clinics 
for testing.

Referring Patients Suspected of Carrying Covid-19 

Branch office staff have a strict protocol for referring patients they suspect may 
carry Covid-19 to the nearest state lab for testing.

2020 Annual Report15

From the very start of the 
Covid-19 pandemic, IDH has 
implemented detailed internal 
protocols to protect the safety 
of its staff and patients and 
safeguard its operations

Regular Communication 

All staff members are subject to regular messages reminding them that they may 
not report to work if they have symptoms of a Covid-19 infection.

Cleaning and Disinfection 

Across all branches and HQ office, the Group has increased the frequency of clean-
ing and disinfection and all facilities are regularly decontaminated.

Gate processing 

Gate processing at branches and HQ office for employees and visitors with fever-
screening devices, barring entry for anyone recording a temperature above 37.2°C.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings16

Strategic Report  // Covid-19 Response Protocols

Business Continuity

Equipment Stock 

Since the start of the crisis, IDH has worked diligently to secure additional testing kit 
stock to ensure the Company was well prepared in case of unexpected supply chain 
disruptions. 

Diversifying Suppliers 

As part of its contingency planning exercise, the Company’s supply chain profes-
sionals qualified additional potential suppliers. This qualification process includes 
testing by medical professionals at IDH’s Mega Lab and by the Company’s quality 
assurance team.

Covid-19 Testing and House Call Services 

The Group is currently offering Covid-19 testing, including PCR testing for Covid-19, 
in  both  Egypt  and  Jordan.  In  parallel,  the  Group  also  strengthened  its  house  call 
services  in  both  countries  to  mitigate  the  impacts  of  restrictive  measures  while 
ensuring all patients had access to the Group’s services despite ongoing challenges.

Smart Working

The  Company  transitioned  to  a  work  from  home  arrangement  for  many  head-
office functions while holding the majority of meetings virtually through video or 
audio conferencing.

Clear and Regular Communication

The  Company  regularly  communicates  its  business  continuity  protocols  to  all 
employees  with  all  staff  well-prepared  to  navigate  potential  challenging  times 
ahead.

Review of Internal Processes

Regular  review  of  IDH’s  disaster  recovery  and  business  continuity  policies  to 
ensure that the Group is well prepared for any eventuality.

2020 Annual Report17

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings18

Strategic Report  // Chairman’s Message

Chairman’s Message

Dear Shareholders,
I am pleased to report that against a backdrop 
of  a  very  challenging  year  with  the  global 
Covid-19 pandemic, your Company has proven 
very resilient and rose to the challenge with an 
impressive set of results. 

We  were  able  to  leverage  our  well-established 
business  model  and  track  record  to  facilitate 
new  revenue  generating  opportunities.  We 
remained  committed  to  our  social  responsi-
bilities  in  providing  high-quality  healthcare  to 
the  countries  where  IDH  have  extended  our 
footprint.

In 2020, we recorded a 19% growth in revenue. 
We were able to provide much-needed PCR and 
other testing facilities in both Egypt and Jordan, 
while expanding our house call services. 

Egypt  continues  to  experience  a  more  stable 
economic  and  political  environment,  coupled 
with  an  efficient  exchange  rate  regime  and  a 
commitment  by  the  Government  to  promote 
proactive healthcare services.

We  also  were  delighted  with  the  solid  perfor-
mance  in  Jordan,  where  we  delivered  almost 
60% growth in regional revenue. In Nigeria, we 
continue to make progress in restructuring the 
business,  which  has  resulted  in  a  very  encour-
aging  improvement  in  performance.  In  Sudan, 

A clear focus of the Group 
is on proactive healthcare, 
one which allows us to cater 
to the changing needs of 
patients through constant 
innovation and service 
offering adaptability, 
enabling us to provide 
affordable healthcare 
services to as many 
individuals as possible

2020 Annual Report19

the business remains stable amidst a significant 
political  transition.  We  continue  to  look  at 
opportunities  to  expand  our  global  footprint, 
both organically and by acquisition in both the 
Middle East and Africa.

We are committed to maintaining sound fiscal 
management and closed the year with a strong 
balance sheet and an efficient capital structure. 
In  Egypt,  the  business  has  benefitted  greatly 
by  relocating  to  the  IDH  new  headquarters  in 
Smart Village on the West side of Cairo.

IDH  is  dedicated  to  its  ESG  responsibilities 
across all our jurisdictions. A clear focus of the 
Group  is  on  proactive  healthcare,  one  which 
allows  us  to  cater  to  the  changing  needs  of 
patients  through  constant 
innovation  and 
service offering adaptability, enabling us to pro-
vide  affordable  healthcare  services  to  as  many 
individuals  as  possible.  This  comes  parallel  to 
our continued focus on business sustainability 
to ensure we continue growing in a responsible 
and risk-free manner.

Management continues to regularly update and 
monitor  IDH’s  risk  matrix  and  ensure  regular 
checks  and  balances,  providing  contingency 
Business  Continuity  Processes.  We  value  our 
loyal  and  hard-working  workforce  and  con-
stantly review their KPIs.

Your Company is vigilant in strengthening our 
IT  infrastructure  to  both  provide  the  highest 
levels  of  cyber  security,  as  well  as  ensuring 
data privacy.

We  also  remain  committed  to  achieving  our 
dual  listing  on  the  Egyptian  Stock  Exchange, 
complementary to our existing presence on the 
London Stock Exchange. We are confident that a 
larger participation from local institutional and 
retail investors will provide better liquidity and 
increase our local visibility in Egypt, where the 
Company generates the majority of business.

I  am  grateful  to  the  continued  dedication  and 
hard  work  of  both  our  management  team  and 
workforce.  We  are  well-positioned  to  maintain 
our consistent strong growth track record and 
trajectory.  Finally,  I  am  most  grateful  for  the 
loyalty and support of all our shareholders. 

Lord St John of Bletso
Chairman

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings20

Strategic Report  // Chief Executive’s Report

Chief Executive’s 
Report

In  the  midst  of  an  unprecedent  healthcare  and 
economic  crisis,  IDH  demonstrated  once  more 
its  ability  to  adjust  to  changing  market  dynam-
ics and deliver strong financial and operational 
results despite the challenges. Throughout 2020, 
the  outbreak  of  Covid-19  and  the  imposition 
of  restrictive  measures  aimed  at  curbing  the 
spread of the virus posed significant operational 
difficulties  across  our  footprint,  including  the 
temporary  closure  of  certain  branches  and  the 
reduction of working hours. While this presented 
the  most  challenging  obstacle  in  2020,  the  year 
also  brought  a  number  of  other  transitory  dif-
ficulties including riots in Nigeria and a political 
transition  and  severe  inflationary  environment 
in Sudan. Nevertheless, we were able to leverage 
the  strength  of  IDH’s  flexible  business  model, 
the  defensive  nature  of  our  industry,  and  the 
effectiveness of our proactive Covid-19 response 
strategy to deliver a commendable performance 
and a strong 19% growth in revenue for 2020.

As  a  leading  provider  of  healthcare  services  in 
the countries where we operate, our number one 
priority and responsibility throughout the crisis 
was to protect our people and patients while sup-
porting local health authorities in their efforts to 
curb the pandemic. With the onset of Covid-19, 
we were quick to rollout comprehensive health, 
safety,  and  business  continuity  protocols  to 
safeguard  our  people  and  our  operations.  Our 
efforts  ranged  from  providing  regular  training 
and communication to staff on the correct pro-
tocols for handling suspected Covid-19-positive 
patients,  to  providing  the  necessary  protective 
equipment  and  special  assistance  to  our  staff 

As a leading provider of 
healthcare services in the 
countries where we operate, 
our number one priority and 
responsibility throughout 
the crisis was to protect our 
people and patients while 
supporting local health 
authorities in their efforts to 
curb the pandemic

2020 Annual Report21

and their families in case of Covid-19-suspected 
cases. On the business continuity front, we care-
fully monitored and managed our cash flow and 
placed contingencies for possible changes in our 
cash conversion cycle while taking the necessary 
precautions to shield our business from potential 
supply chain disruptions. A full breakdown of our 
Covid-19 response is available on page 14. 

Parallel  to  mitigating  the  immediate  health  and 
operational  risks,  a  key  driver  of  our  success  in 
2020 was IDH’s ability to swiftly adjust its service 
offering and delivery to adapt to shifting patient 
needs  and  market  dynamics.  In  both  Egypt 
and  Jordan,  IDH  began  offering  PCR  testing  for 
Covid-19 and other Covid-19-related  tests, while 
simultaneously ramping up its house call services 
in  both  countries  to  ensure  that  patients  unable 
or unwilling to visit our branches in person con-
tinued to have access to our services. Our Covid-
19-adapted  service  offering  recorded  strong  and 
growing  patient  demand  as  the  year  progressed, 
and helped us largely offset lower volumes follow-
ing the closure of branches and the restriction of 
people’s  mobility  earlier  in  the  year.  Overall,  we 
conducted  some  400  thousand  PCR  tests  across 
both geographies and were able to serve over 800 
thousand patients through our house call service, 
growing  its  revenue  by  more  than  twofold.  As 
such, Covid-19-related testing and our house call 
services contributed to 24% and 20% (2019: 9%) of 
consolidated revenue for 2020, respectively.

I am pleased to report that parallel to IDH’s suc-
cess  capturing  the  surge  in  demand  for  Covid-
19-related tests in Egypt and Jordan, we were also 

able to continue growing our non-Covid-19 busi-
ness  while  pushing  forward  with  our  long-term 
strategic  directives.  In  Nigeria,  despite  the  tem-
porary branch closures, we effectively capitalised 
on  Echo-Lab’s  increasing  brand  awareness  and 
service demand to deliver robust growth in both 
patients  served  and  tests  performed.  In  Sudan, 
management’s continued ability to raise prices in 
step with inflation saw the Group successfully off-
set lower volumes on account of branch closures 
throughout  the  year.  Finally,  Al  Borg  Scan  inau-
gurated  its  second  branch  during  the  year  and 
continues  to  deliver  significant  revenue  growth 
with robust profitability. 

Overall,  our  large  operational  scale,  wide  geo-
graphic  reach,  and  prompt  response  to  the 
difficulties posed by Covid-19 proved vital in sup-
porting the remarkable financial and operational 
results  delivered  in  2020.  Over  the  past  twelve 
months,  IDH  recorded  impressive  top-  and 
bottom-line  growth,  with  expanding  margins 
across  the  board,  and  closed  2020  on  a  more 
solid  footing  with  a  resumption  of  its  historical 
growth trajectory. 

Strong Growth and Operational 
Performance
IDH’s  ability  to  adapt  its  service  offering  to  the 
changing dynamics and capture a growing share 
of  demand  for  Covid-19-related  services  as  the 
year  progressed,  supported  a  19%  year-on-year 
rise in revenues to EGP 2.7 billion for 2020. Top-
line  growth  for  the  year  was  partly  supported 
by  the  generally  higher-priced  Covid-19-related 
tests combined with our annual price hikes rolled 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings22

Strategic Report  // Chief Executive’s Report

out at the beginning of each year. This more than 
offset an 11% year-on-year decline in total tests 
performed, which were weighed down by lower 
volumes earlier in the year following the imposi-
tion  of  Covid-19-related  measures  across  IDH’s 
footprint. It is worth noting that while Covid-19 
related  business  made  a  notable  contribution 
to growth during the year, in the fourth quarter 
2020  non-Covid-19  test  volumes  were  on  par 
with the same period in 2019, indicating a strong 
recovery of our traditional business with the eas-
ing of restrictions. This is even more pronounced 
with patient traffic through our branches which 
increased  by  c.23%  year-on-year  during  the 
fourth quarter. 

Our  growth  in  2020  was  also  driven  by  IDH’s 
continued  investment  in  expanding  its  branch 
network.  Despite  the  challenging  operational 
environment, we inaugurated 30 new branches 
in  our  home  market  of  Egypt  and  one  new 
branch in Jordan, while closing down two under-
performing branches in Nigeria and Sudan. This 
saw IDH’s total operational branches across our 
four geographies reach 481 as at year-end 2020, 
up  from  452  a  year  prior.  Moreover,  our  Mega 
Lab  continues  to  be  the  sole  CAP-accredited 
facility in Egypt. 

Regionally,  in  Egypt  top-line  growth  was  partly 
supported  by  our  Covid-19-adapted  service 
offering  as  well  as  a  general  normalisation  of 
patient volumes as Covid-19-related restrictions 
were eased in the second half of the year. Since 
the very start of the crisis, IDH offered patients 
promotional  packages  for  a  series  of  Covid-
19-indicative tests, including a bundle of inflam-
matory and clotting markers. Starting the second 
half of the year, the Group began administering 
PCR  testing  and  was  able  to  complement  the 
government’s efforts in fighting the pandemic as 
the second wave peaked. Additionally, thanks to 

our strong brand equity and position as the only 
CAP-accredited  diagnostics  service  provider  in 
Egypt,  the  Group  was  selected  by  Pure-Health 
UAE to be the first lab to conduct PCR testing to 
screen passengers travelling from Egypt. Overall, 
PCR testing and Covid-19-related packages con-
tributed  a  combined  to  21%  of  Egypt’s  top-line 
for the year. As the year progressed, we were able 
to reduce the price of both PCR and Covid-19-re-
lated tests making them more widely accessible. 
We  also  extended  special  deals  and  discounts 
for  doctors  and  the  wider  medical  community 
to protect the country’s frontline  workers. I am 
also pleased to report that IDH was able to ramp 
up its house call service in Egypt, conducting up 
to  4,500  visits  per  day,  in  turn  growing  its  con-
tribution to Egypt’s revenue from 10% in 2019 to 
22% in 2020. Capitalizing on this success, IDH is 
studying further ways to make the service more 
efficient  and  convenient  to  its  growing  patient 
base.  Egypt’s  revenues  were  further  buoyed  by 
contributions from Al-Borg Scan, IDH radiology 
venture,  which  recorded  a  76%  year-on-year 
growth  in  revenue  supported  by  the  inaugura-
tion of the venture’s second branch in February 
2020. Finally, at Wayak, our Egypt-based subsid-
iary investing in data mining and artificial intel-
ligence  which  launched  in  2019,  the  company 
continues to ramp up its operations with orders 
for  medications  completed  in  2020  reaching  72 
thousand  orders  compared  to  just  21  thousand 
orders  completed  last  year.  Wayak  not  only 
enables IDH to better serve our patients through 
tailored  services  which  complement  our  tradi-
tional diagnostics offering, but also represents a 
strategic platform from which to further expand 
our digital presence and offering, and remain at 
the forefront of a changing healthcare industry. 

Our  Jordanian  operations  were  the  standout 
performer in 2020, as a 59% year-on-year growth 
in  revenue  for  the  year  drove  a  nearly  four 

2020 Annual Report23

percentage-point  expansion  in  the  country’s 
contribution  to  consolidated  revenues  to  15%. 
Growth  was  largely  volume  driven  despite  the 
temporary closure of most of our branches ear-
lier  in  the  year,  owing  to  our  Covid-19-adapted 
service offering. Biolab has been at the forefront 
of PCR testing in Jordan from the very start, with 
the  company  being  amongst  the  first  two  pri-
vate labs allowed to perform PCR testing in the 
country. Throughout the year, Biolab continued 
to  record  strong  demand  for  PCR  testing  with 
the service contributing to just under half of the 
country’s top-line for 2020. Jordan’s top-line was 
further  bolstered  by  the  company’s  ramped  up 
house call services which in 2020 made up 12% 
of the country’s revenues, up from 4% in 2019. 

In Sudan, on top of Covid-19-related restrictions 
the  country  continued  to  witness  a  significant 
political  transition  which  unfolded  in  2019. 
Nonetheless, despite lower volumes on account 
of  branch  closures  in  the  second  quarter  of 
the  year,  we  delivered  a  28%  year-on-year  rise 
in  revenues  in  local  currency  terms,  driven  by 
higher pricing as management kept in step with 
the  hyperinflationary  environment  following  a 
currency devaluation and the Sudanese govern-
ment’s  decision  to  cut  fuel  subsidies.  In  EGP 
terms,  revenue  growth  was  2%  year-on-year 
reflecting an average SDG/EGP exchange rate of 
0.29 in 2020 versus 0.36 in 2019. 

Strong  consolidated  revenue  growth  coupled 
with  a  continued  focus  on  driving  operational 
efficiencies and keeping a tight rein on costs saw 
us deliver margins enhancements at all levels of 
profitability.  Through  strict  cost  discipline,  we 
successfully  maintained  a  stable  raw  material 
costs to sales ratio at 18% for the year. In paral-
lel, IDH’s direct salaries and wages as a percent 
of  sales  declined  from  17%  in  2019  to  15%  in 
2020,  largely  driven  by  lower  salaries  in  Nigeria 

following  the  restructuring  of  the  business.  As 
such, gross profit for the year increased 24% ver-
sus 2019, with a two-percentage point expansion 
in its associated margin to 51%. 

At the EBITDA level, we surpassed the EGP 1 bil-
lion mark for the first time, with EBITDA record-
ing a 24% year-on-year rise to EGP 1.2 billion for 
2020  with  an  associated  margin  of  44%  versus 
42% last year.

Strong  revenue  growth  for  the  year  combined 
with  the  Group’s  cost  management  efforts  and 
higher  interest  income  for  the  year  saw  IDH 
recorded  a  21%  year-on-year  increase  in  net 
profit  to  EGP  609  million  in  2020,  with  a  stable 
net profit margin of 23%. 

Growth in Nigeria
In Nigeria, despite the Covid-19-related disrup-
tions  faced  earlier  in  the  year,  and  an  escala-
tion  of  social  unrest  during  the  final  quarter 
of  2020,  we  reported  a  20%  year-on-year  rise 
in  revenues,  a  particularly  remarkable  feat  in 
light of Echo-Lab not offering Covid-19-related 
testing. In local currency terms, growth is even 
more  pronounced  with  revenues  up  38%  year-
on-year  in  2020.  Top-line  growth  came  on  the 
back of a 20% rise in both patients served and 
tests  performed  for  the  year,  as  we  capitalized 
on the increased brand awareness and demand 
for Echo-Lab’s services.

Echo-Lab’s  strengthened  position  and  growing 
reputation  in  the  local  market  is  a  direct  effect 
of the successful value-building strategy we have 
been  implementing  since  we  took  over  opera-
tions back in 2018. The strategy aims to revamp 
the  subsidiary’s  service  offering  and  branch 
network  while  simultaneously  streamlining 
its  operations.  In  the  past  two  years,  we  have 
completed the renovation of eight of Echo-Lab’s 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings24

Strategic Report  // Chief Executive’s Report

12  operating  branches.  We  have  also  installed 
new  radiology  equipment,  including  magnetic 
resonance imaging (MRI) and computed tomog-
raphy  scan  (CT).  In  parallel,  we  continue  to 
optimise Echo-Lab’s service mix by placing addi-
tional focus on pushing radiology and pathology 
services.  Finally,  we  have  also  completed  an 
internal  restructuring  exercise  that  aided  in 
reducing  redundancies  by  centralizing  shared 
functions and streamlining processes, including 
staff  downsizing  which  has  seen  us  drive  down 
Echo-Lab’s total salary expenses in 2020 by 18% 
versus 2019. Overall, our efforts are continuing to 
support  improvements  in  profitability,  with  the 
operation’s  EBITDA  losses  narrowing  to  EGP  7 
million in 2020 from EGP 30 million in 2019, and 
we expect the operation to turn EBITDA positive 
in the coming year. 

Expanding Al Borg Scan
At  Al  Borg  Scan,  the  Group’s  first  full-fledged 
radiology  venture,  we  are  continuing  to  deliver 
on our ramp up strategy. Supported by the launch 
of a second branch in February in 2020, Al Borg 
Scan  reported  a  69%  and  88%  year-on-year  rise 
in  tests  performed  and  patients  served,  respec-
tively,  during  the  year.  Robust  volume  growth 
saw revenues surge 76% year-on-year to EGP 25 
million.  Strong  top-line  growth  reflected  on  Al 
Borg Scan’s EBITDA which increased to EGP 4.8 
million in 2020 from EGP 1.8 million last year.

Looking  ahead,  we  are  expecting  to  continue 
widening  the  venture’s  patient  base  with  the 
launch of a third branch in April 2021. The new 
facility will be located in another strategic neigh-
bourhood  of  the  Greater  Cairo  area  and  will 
play an important role in further strengthening 
the  venture’s  brand  equity.  We  are  also  in  the 
process  of  completing  the  necessary  modules 
to  obtain  ACR  (American  College  of  Radiology) 

accreditation  for  Al  Borg  Scan’s  branches,  a 
process we expect to conclude by next year and 
which  would  make  Al  Borg  Scan  the  only  pro-
vider in Egypt to boast the accreditation.

Our Commitment to our Stakeholders
At  IDH,  our  primary  mission  is  to  ensure  that 
everyone across our communities has access to 
high quality, affordable healthcare and diagnos-
tic services, providing them with the tools they 
need to take charge of their health. To achieve 
this, we are continuing to make service acces-
sibility  a  priority  by  continuously  rolling  out 
new branches in underserved neighbourhoods 
while ramping up our digital offering to ensure 
that  we  provide  access  to  as  many  patients  as 
possible. In parallel, we are also working closely 
with  governments  and  local  health  authorities 
to raise awareness of chronic diseases and the 
steps  all  individuals  can  take  to  live  healthier 
lives.  In  both  Egypt  and  Jordan,  we  worked 
side-by-side  with  health  authorities  in  2020 
to  combat  the  spread  of  Covid-19,  carrying 
out  more  than  2.1  million  PCR  and  Covid-
19-related  tests.  We  also  have  a  longstand-
ing  track  record  of  being  at  the  forefront  of 
government-organised  awareness  campaigns, 
including most recently the c. 2.4 million tests 
we completed for the 100 Million Healthy Lives 
campaign  in  Egypt.  Launched  in  November 
2018, the campaign was part of Egypt’s efforts 
to  eradicate  Hepatitis  C  across  the  country 
through  the  testing  of  asymptomatic  people. 
Similarly,  we  are  currently  working  to  obtain 
the  necessary  certifications  to  take  part  in  the 
Egyptian  government’s  Universal  Healthcare 
Insurance  (UHI)  system  which  is  being  rolled 
out  across  the  entire  country.  The  new  UHI 
framework aims to provide insurance coverage 
to all Egyptians citizens over the next decade 
while supporting a general improvement of the 

2020 Annual Report25

sector from reducing waiting times to improv-
ing the quality of services and medical facilities.

In  line  with  our  ambitions  to  safeguard  scal-
able  growth  without  compromising  any  of  our 
commitment  to  the  value  propositions  that  are 
most  critical  to  our  various  stakeholders,  our 
management  team  devoted  an  increased  focus 
on  strengthening  our  environmental,  social  and 
governance  (ESG)  monitoring  and  compliance 
frameworks.  Since  late  2019  and  throughout 
2020,  we  have  taken  diligent  steps  to  constantly 
improve all aspects of our operations. While I am 
proud  of  our  efforts  thus  far,  given  the  complex 
nature of the operational and business practices 
required in the health sector, IDH finds a growing 
need to establish a more assertive road map that 
draws  clear  guidelines  and  methods  to  monitor, 
evaluate,  and  improve  its  interconnected  ESG 
practices.  To  guide  us  through  this  process,  we 
have  acquired  the  expertise  and  services  of  a 
top-tier ESG consultant who has worked with us 
to assess our ESG performance, create IDH’s first 
ESG policy, establish key indicators to monitor and 
quantify  progress,  and  strengthen  our  reporting 
frameworks. This will allow us to better quantify 
the positive impacts that IDH has on our patients, 
employees  and  wider  community,  establish  the 
required  measures  to  prevent  or  mitigate  future 
impacts, and further improve wherever possible.

To oversee all aspects of our business, since our 
listing on the London Stock Exchange, we have 
been governed by a world-class Board of Direc-
tors  made  of  up  majority  independent,  non-
executive  directors  and  backed  up  by  a  robust 
and constantly enhanced policy framework. Our 
Board’s guidance throughout 2020 proved invalu-
able  as  we  adapted  to  navigate  the  unexpected 
challenges  and  prepared  for  a  new  chapter  of 
growth in a post-Covid-19 world. 

Dividend Policy and Proposed Dividend
In view of the strong cash-generative nature of our 
business and its asset-light strategy, our dividend 
policy is to return to shareholders the maximum 
amount of excess cash after taking careful account 
of the cash needed to support operations, capital 
expenditure plans, organic expansion opportuni-
ties and potential acquisitions. 

IDH is pleased to recommend a final dividend of 
US$ 0.049 per share, or US$ 29.1 million in aggre-
gate,  to  shareholders  in  respect  of  the  financial 
year  ended  31  December  2020.  This  represents 
an  increase  of  4%  compared  to  a  final  dividend 
of  US$  28  million  in  aggregate  in  the  previous 
financial year. 

2021 Outlook
While the Covid-19 crisis and the related opera-
tional  difficulties  are  far  from  over,  2021  offers 
multiple  reasons  to  be  optimistic.  First  and 
foremost,  the  strong  fundamentals  underpin-
ning the future growth of the healthcare industry 
across our countries of operation remain intact. 
Moreover, we have witnessed the start of the vac-
cination  campaign  in  both  Egypt and Jordan in 
the first quarter of the 2021. 

Over  the  past  twelve  months,  we  have  set  the 
foundations  for  further  growth  by  penetrating 
new  patient  segments,  expanding  our  branch 
network, and enhancing our service roster and 
delivery  capabilities.  In  Egypt  and  Jordan,  our 
Covid-19-adjusted  service  offering  saw  us  tap 
into  new  patient  groups  with  whom  we  aim 
to  build  long-term  relationships  well  beyond 
the  Covid-19  crisis.  In  parallel,  our  expansion 
efforts will be further supported by the roll out 
of  an  additional  30  to  35  branches  across  our 
home market of Egypt, including a third Al Borg 
Scan  branch  to  capitalize  on  rising  demand 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings26

Strategic Report  // Chief Executive’s Report

We are heading into 2021 
with a consistent, clearly 
defined strategy that 
will continue to unlock 
significant growth potential 
for years to come

for  our  radiology  offering.  We  are  also  actively 
assessing  new  services  to  add  to  our  roster,  to 
provide patients access to more tests at a single 
centre  and  allow  doctors  to  make  accurate 
diagnostics  more  efficiently.  In  particular,  we 
are  looking  to  invest  in  enhancing  our  genetic 
testing capabilities to capitalise on the growing 
demand for these tests.

In Sudan, while social unrest, high inflation and 
a weak SDG continue to pose challenges for the 
Group, we hope that once the sanctions are offi-
cially  lifted  this  will  open  up  important  growth 
opportunities  for  our  operations  in  the  coming 
years.  With  the  country  now  open  to  interna-
tional  suppliers;  the  Group  should  be  able  to 
directly import test kits and in turn improve its 
operational efficiency and profitability.

Finally, we are working to continuously improve 
our  operations  in  Nigeria  and  to  turn  EBITDA 
positive in the coming year as we complete Echo-
Lab’s turnaround strategy and continue leverag-
ing  the  growing  brand  awareness  and  demand. 
Nigeria  represents  a  market  with  significant 
growth  potential  for  IDH  and  I  am  confident 
that the steps taken since entering the market in 
2018 see us well-positioned to capitalise on such 
opportunities in the coming years.

2020 has once again demonstrated our ability 
to adapt and overcome even the most difficult 
challenges supported by the adaptability of our 
business  model,  the  strength  of  our  brands, 
and  the  solidity  of  our  financial  position.  We 
are heading into 2021 with a consistent, clearly 
defined  strategy  that  will  continue  to  unlock 

2020 Annual Report27

significant growth potential for years to come. 
Accordingly,  we  are  again  targeting  double-
digit  revenue  growth  in  2021  and  an  EBITDA 
margin of c. 40%.

change.  I  look  forward  to  working  with  every 
single  one  of  you  to  deliver  yet  another  year  of 
strong growth and value creation.

Dr. Hend El-Sherbini 
Chief Executive Officer

We  are  also  particularly  excited  about  bring-
ing home IDH’s shares for trading on the EGX, 
one of the region’s leading exchanges and a key 
entry  point  for  MENA  equity  and  debt  capital 
markets.  The  dual  listing  offers  Egypt-based 
investors, who are sometimes unable to access 
shares  in  London,  an  opportunity  to  capitalise 
on our Company’s strong growth prospects.

I  would  like  to  conclude  by  extending  a  heart-
felt  thank  you  to  all  our  staff  for  the  incredible 
dedication  and  adaptability  they  have  shown 
throughout  this  year  full  of  uncertainty  and 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings28

Strategic Report  // Our Markets

Our Markets

Key Market Dynamics
The mechanics of the healthcare markets in which 
IDH operates are significantly different from those 
in many Western healthcare sectors. As opposed 
to  the  more  institutionalised  markets,  in  the 
emerging  markets  where  the  Group  operates, 
publicly  funded  and  private  healthcare  systems 
exist  in  parallel.  This  means  that  patients  have 
substantially  more  freedom  to  make  healthcare 
decisions.  General  practitioners  (also  referred  to 
as family medicine practitioners or primary care 
specialists)  are  rare  in  these  emerging  markets 
and are, accordingly, not the gatekeepers through 
which patients access primary or specialist care.

In  emerging  markets,  a  patient  may  seek  medi-
cal  care  either  through  a  hospital  outpatient 
clinic or emergency room, attending a polyclinic 
or  directly  seeking  the  services  of  a  specialist 
physician.  Although  physicians  ordering  diag-
nostic testing may recommend that the patient 
complete  these  tests  at  a  specific  service  pro-
vider, patients enjoy a high degree of freedom in 
choosing the service provider they attend based 
on perceived quality and pricing or on insurance 
or contract arrangements. Walk-in patients (also 
referred to as “self-payers”) pay out of pocket in 
advance of the tests being completed.

Patients  typically  obtain  test  results  in  person 
(often  with  an  accompanying  report  from  a 
pathologist,  geneticist,  radiologist  or  other 
specialist)  and  return  with  the  results  to  the 
physician  who  requested  the  tests  in  the  first 
instance. It is noteworthy that IDH has the abil-
ity to deliver test results to patients on the same 
day  electronically  as  well  as  via  a  mobile  app. 
IDH accordingly engages in sales and marketing 
activities that separately target:

•  Physicians:  through  direct  sales  visits 
individual  practitioners,  periodic 
to 
gatherings  for  physicians  within  a  spe-
ciality,  promotional  giveaways  as  well 
as  discount  cards  for  physicians  and 
their families, incentive-based physician 
loyalty programs and the organisation or 
sponsorship of conferences;

•  Walk-in  Patients:  through  social  media 
channels,  mass-market  and  targeted 
health  awareness  campaigns,  outdoor 
advertising,  television,  radio  and  online 
advertising; and;

•  Contract  Patients:  through  direct  out-

reach to insurers and employers.

481

4

Operational Branches, +29 
versus 2019

countries of Operation

2020 Annual ReportAnnual Report 2020

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

29

Barriers to 
Market Entry

Accreditation  
of Facilities

Relationship 
with Key 
Stakeholders

Attracting contract 
clients requires 
accredited, high-quality 
testing capabilities.

Brand Equity and 
Reputation 

Market Reach 

Building a scalable 
platform requires 
strong relationship with 
stakeholders such as 
physicians, patients and 
hospitals

Patients are loyal to 
leading brands with a 
strong track record

Fragmented market 
necessitates a wide 
geographic presence to allow 
for broad customer reach.

Covid-19 Across IDH’s Markets 

Following the outbreak of Covid-19, governments across all four of IDH’s countries of 
operation instituted strict restrictive measures to curb the spread of the virus. These 
included, curfews, the shuttering of non-essential business, travel bans and restrictions 
on public gatherings (country-specific measures can be found on pages 30 to 39). While 
these measures were necessary to protect the health and safety of citizens, they posed 
severe operational disruptions across IDH’s geographies including complete branch clo-
sures for several weeks during the months of April and May.

Restrictive measures were progressively eased starting in June 2020, with IDH able to 
reopen its entire branch network during the third quarter and return to normal operating 
hours across all territories by late July 2020. To help local authorities contain possible new 
waves of infections, IDH offers PCR testing for Covid-19 in both Egypt and Jordan. 

30

Strategic Report  // Our Markets

Egypt

The  Egyptian  diagnostic  market  can  be  divided 
into  public  and  private  sector  infrastructure, 
with  the  latter  including  both  labs  attached  to 
private  hospitals  and  independent  standalone 
labs (chains and single labs). Most labs in Egypt 
are  concentrated  in  big  cities,  with  substantial 
room  to  increase  accessibility  across  the  coun-
try’s 27 governorates for greater coverage of the 
population. The corporate market is emerging as 
a driver for diagnostic services, as more compa-
nies offer healthcare coverage to their employees.

Growth in the Egyptian diagnostics industry is 
supported  by  the  robust  market  fundamentals 
including:
•  A large and growing population of over 100 mil-
lion, making Egypt the most populous country 
in  the  Middle  East  North  Africa  (“MENA”) 
region;  in  terms  of  demographics,  it  hosts  a 
significant proportion of elderly people.

•  An  increasing  prevalence  of  diseases  includ-
ing  communicable  and  non-communicable 
diseases,  tropical  diseases,  and  lifestyle  dis-
eases such as diabetes.

•  A growing government role to increase aware-
ness on the importance of diagnostic testing 
in  preventative  healthcare,  supporting  the 
growth in laboratory diagnostics as a tool in 
clinical practice.

IDH  is  in  a  strong  competitive  position  in  the 
Egyptian  diagnostic  industry,  having  created 
formidable  barriers  to  entry  with  its  40-year 
track record, trusted brands, scalable business 
model and network of 429 branch labs at year-
end  2020.  According  to  the  Boston  Consulting 
Group (BCG), IDH is the largest fully integrated 

private sector diagnostics service provider, with 
more than 50% share by revenue of the private 
chain market in Egypt.

Covid-19 Impact and Response
The Egyptian government’s response to the ini-
tial Covid-19 outbreak in the country included 
a  series  of  restrictive  measures  couple  of  an 
extensive  economic  relief  plan  to  help  citizens 
and  businesses  during  the  crisis.  While  all  of 
IDH’s  labs  remained  operational  throughout 
the  year,  they  operated  at  reduced  working 
hours causing a decline in volumes during the 
months  of  April,  May  and  June.  Restrictions 
were relaxed in the second half of the year with 
all branches returning to normal working hours 
and patient volumes recording a steady recov-
ery.  Egypt  officially  kicked  off  its  vaccination 
campaign in the final week of January 2021.

To mitigate the impacts of restrictive measures 
on  IDH’s  business,  management  promptly 
rolled  out  a  series  of  initiatives  aimed  at  sup-
porting  volumes  whilst  ensuring  that  the 
Egyptian  people  continued  to  have  access  to 
IDH’s  services  in  full  safety  and  compliance 
with government directives. These included the 
ramp up of IDH’s house calls service offered at 
no extra charge to its patients and the roll out of 
Covid-19  indicative  testing.  The  Group’s  house 
call  service 
immediately  registered  strong 
patient  demand,  as  reflected  by  the  growing 
contribution  to  Egypt’s  revenue  from  this  ser-
vice, which increased to 22% in 2020 from 11% 
in 2019. IDH’s Covid-19 indicative test offering 
includes PCR and antibody testing as well as a 
bundle  of  inflammatory  and  clotting  markers, 

2020 Annual Report31

Cairo, Egypt

and in 2020 contributed to 21% of the country’s 
total revenues.

Operational Highlights
In  Egypt  revenues  increased  14%  year-on-year 
to EGP 2,173 million for 2020, with the country 
contributing  to  82%  of  consolidated  revenues 
for  the  year.  Revenue  growth  in  2020  was  sup-
ported  by  IDH’s  house  call  service  and  Covid-
19-related test offering both of which recorded 
growing demand from patients as the year pro-
gressed.  Top-line  growth  for  the  year  was  fully 
price-driven  with  volumes  adversely  impacted 
by  restrictions  imposed  during  the  first  wave 
of  Covid-19  in  the  second  quarter  of  the  year. 
Egypt’s  revenues  were  further  supported  by 
contributions from Al-Borg Scan, IDH radiology 
venture,  which  generated  revenue  of  EGP  25 
million in 2020, up 76% year-on-year. Through-
out the year, Al Borg Scan’s two branches served 
36 thousand patients, up 88% year-on-year, and 
performed nearly 46 thousand tests during the 
year, up 69% versus 2019.

12% year-on-year, respectively. When excluding 
volumes related to the 100 Million Healthy Lives 
campaign in 2019, the decline in patients served 
and test performed for 2020 narrows to 5% and 
4%  year-on-year,  respectively.  Nationwide  cur-
fews and lockdowns during the second quarter 
of  2020  had  contributed  to  lower  patient  and 
test volumes for the year. However, the impact 
of  Covid-19-related  restrictions  was  partially 
mitigated through the increased penetration of 
IDH’s house call service.

EBITDA  was  EGP  1,041  million  in  2020,  up 
a  robust  19%  year-on-year.  EBITDA  margin 
increased  to  48%  in  2020  from  46%  in  2019. 
The  EBITDA  increase  was  supported  by  the 
country’s strong top-line growth in the second 
half of the year which offset a doubtful accounts 
provision of EGP 35 million (EGP 27 million in 
1H2020 and EGP 8 million in 2H2020) related to 
expected credit losses in accordance with IFRS 
9,  and the impact of Covid-19 on Egypt’s opera-
tions earlier in the year.

IDH  served  6.3  million  patients  in  Egypt  and 
performed  24.4  million  tests,  down  by  8%  and 

On  the  operational  side,  despite  the  Covid-
19-related  difficulties,  IDH  pressed  on  with  its 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings32

Strategic Report  // Our Markets

IDH is in a strong competitive 
position in the Egyptian 
diagnostic industry, having 
created formidable barriers 
to entry with its 40-year 
track record, trusted brands, 
scalable business model and 
network of 429 branch labs

branch  rollout  plan  adding  30  new  branches 
across  the  country  throughout  2020.  In  Febru-
ary,  the  Group  successfully  launched  a  second 
Al-Borg  Scan  branch  in  Cairo  and  throughout 
the year continued to work towards the rollout 
of  a  third  branch  which  is  expected  to  take 
place  in  2021.  In  parallel,  the  Company  began 
completing  the  necessary  modules  to  obtain 
ACR (American College of Radiology) accredita-
tion  for  Al  Borg  Scan’s  branches.  Earlier  in  the 
year, thanks to IDH’s strong brand equity and its 
position as the only CAP-accredited diagnostics 
service  provider  in  Egypt,  the  Group  had  been 
selected by Pure-Health UAE to be the first lab 
to  conduct  PCR  testing  to  screen  passengers 
travelling  from  Egypt.  The  Group’s  contractual 
agreement  with  Pure  Health  contributed  EGP 
62 million to Egypt’s revenues for the year (5% 
of  Egypt’s  contract  segment  revenues),  with 
PCR tests for Covid-19 performed as part of the 
agreement  making  up  35%  of  total  PCR  tests 
performed during the year.

Wayak,  IDH’s  Egypt-based  subsidiary  investing 
in  data  mining  and  artificial  intelligence  which 
launched  in  2019,  recorded  revenues  of  EGP 
2.2  million  in  2020  versus  EGP  632  thousand  in 
2019. However, the company recorded a negative 
EBITDA as it’s still in the early development stage.

Egypt 
Key Highlights

429

Branches as at year-end 2020, 
+30 versus 2019

2,173 EGP/MN

Revenues in 2020, up  
14% y-o-y

81.8%

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2020

2020 Annual Report33

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings34

Strategic Report  // Our Markets

Jordan

Jordan  has  one  of  the  most  modern  health  care 
infrastructures  in  the  Middle  East,  with  services 
highly concentrated in Amman and c. 70% of Jor-
danians having medical insurance. Over the years, 
the strong fundamentals of the Jordanian market 
have  allowed  IDH  to  deliver  consistent  growth 
despite  strict  price  regulation  on  medical  labo-
ratories with a set price list that has not changed 
since  its  issuance  by  the  Jordanian  Ministry  of 
Health in 2008. Biolab has thus focused on driving 
volume growth in the market, deploying strategies 
to expand its services portfolio and packages that 
encourage increased testing per patient. 

Unlike  Al  Borg  and  Al  Mokhtabar  in  Egypt, 
Biolab does not operate a Hub, Spoke and Spike 
business model. Whilst Biolab’s 20 central labs 
perform  many  of  the  1,000+  pathology  tests 
offered,  four  that  are  considered  specialty  labs 
perform  particular  types  of  tests  including, 
but  not  limited  to,  haematology,  endocrinol-
ogy,  immunochemistry,  parasitology,  oncology, 
transfusion  medicine,  molecular  genetics  and 
antenatal  diagnostics  and  gene  sequencing. 
Furthermore, Biolab does not share purchasing, 
supply and logistics, IT, marketing or sales func-
tions with its Egyptian parent company. 

During  2020,  Biolab  followed  through  with  its 
agreement with Georgia Healthcare Group PLC 
(GHG)  to  establish  a  Mega  Laboratory  (Mega 
Lab) in the Georgian capital of Tbilisi. The 7,500 
square  meter,  multi-disciplinary  Mega  Lab  is 
the  largest  of  its  kind  in  Georgia.  In  exchange 
for providing information technology and man-
agement services, Biolab holds an 8.025% equity 
stake  in  the  Mega  Lab  project  and  receives 
annual IT support services fees for a period of 10 
years and annual management service fees for a 
period  of  two  years.  Due  to  the  Covid-19  pan-
demic and related restrictions on international 

fights – affecting planned audit visits, logistics 
and external quality control – an agreement has 
been reached with GHG to postpone the imple-
mentation  of  the  management  agreement  and 
its scheduled payments to 2021. 

On the technology front, the Mega Lab is integrat-
ing with GHG’s network, with 49 locations having 
completed the technology transfer, including the 
installation  of  the  lab’s  Laboratory  Information 
Managements Systems (LIMS), out of a total of 76 
locations or a 65% completion rate. Initially serv-
ing GHG’s network, that is expected to utilize one-
third of the facility’s capacity, the Mega Lab plans 
to develop a B2B network of healthcare providers 
outside the Group to reach full utilization.

Covid-19 Impact and Response
To  curb  the  spread  of  the  Covid-19  virus,  the 
Jordanian  government  ordered  the  closure  of 
all  educational  institutions,  governmental  and 
private entities and introduced a curfew. From 
the end of March to the last week of April, out 
of  Biolab’s  19  branches,  only  two  were  allowed 
to remain open, one to conduct Covid-19 tests 
and  the  other  located  in  Abdel  Hadi  hospital. 
Biolab’s  branches  were  allowed  to  return  to 
normal  working  hours  in  early  June.  During 
the  fourth  quarter,  the  government  imposed 
a  series  of  new  Covid-19-related  restrictions. 
However,  these  did  not  have  material  impacts 
on Biolab’s operations. In early January 2021, the 
government  began  the  gradual  easing  of  these 
measures following a decline in new infections 
across the country.

Biolab  has  been  at  the  forefront  of  PCR  testing 
for  Covid-19  since  the  very  start  of  the  crisis, 
with the company recording strong demand for 
the  service  throughout  the  entire  year.  In  2020, 
PCR  testing  for  Covid-19  contributed  to  46%  of 

2020 Annual Report35

Amman, Jordan

total revenues from IDH’s Jordanian operations. 
In  parallel,  Biolab  also  worked  to  strengthen 
and  expand  its  house  call  services.  This  not 
only allows the company to provide its services 
to  people  unable  or  unwilling  to  visit  physical 
branches but will also help the company mitigate 
the impacts of possible new restrictive measures.

Operational Highlights
In Jordan, revenue for 2020 increased 59% year-
on-year to EGP 409 million, with the country’s 
contribution  to  consolidated  revenue  increas-
ing  to  15%  in  2020  from  12%  in  2019.  In  JOD 
terms,  revenue  increased  69%  year-on-year  in 
2020 supported by robust demand for PCR test-
ing for Covid-19 which drove a 77% year-on-year 
and 9% year-on-year rise in patients served and 
tests performed, respectively. In 2020, PCR test-
ing for Covid-19 made up 46% of the country’s 
top-line  and  contributed  to  13%  of  total  tests 
performed during the year.

IDH’s Jordanian operations recorded a 44% year-
on-year  rise  in  EBITDA  to  EGP  130  million  in 
2020 on the back of strong revenue growth for the 
year. In local currency terms, EBITDA grew 53% 
year-on-year  in  2020.  EBITDA  margin  recorded 
32% in 2020 versus 35% in the previous year.

Jordan  
Key Highlights

20

Branches as at year-end 2020

409 EGP/MN

Revenues in 2020, up 59% 
y-o-y

15.4%

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2020

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings36

Strategic Report  // Our Markets

Nigeria

in  Nigeria  commenced 

IDH’s  operations 
in 
February  2018  following  its  acquisition  of  Eagle 
Eye  Echo-Scan  Limited  (“Echo-Scan”)  through 
a strategic alliance with Man Capital LLC (“Man 
Capital”),  the  London-based  investment  arm  of 
the Mansour Group. IDH and Man Capital estab-
lished Dynasty Holding Group (“Dynasty”), which 
is  51%  owned  and  controlled  by  IDH  and  49% 
by Man Capital. In turn, Dynasty partnered with 
the  International  Finance  Corporation  (“IFC”) 
and  invested  in  Echo-Scan  (since  rebranded  as 
Echo-Lab)  to  capture  the  opportunity  present  in 
the  country’s  large  medical  diagnostics  industry, 
valued at c. US$ 140 million in 2017 and projected 
to reach US$ 1 billion by 20251 . Whilst also highly 
fragmented, the Nigeria diagnostics industry can 
be broadly divided into three groups. The largest 
is independent standalone labs (chains and single 
labs), followed by public and private hospitals.

Since acquisition, the Group rolled out an integra-
tion and value-building plan for the expansion of 
Echo-Lab’s  branch  network,  renovating  existing 
branches,  procuring 
state-of-the-art  equip-
ment and growing the lab’s service offerings and 
enhancing  its  quality  standards.  The  process 
of  integrating  Echo-Lab  entails  realigning  its 
existing  labs  into  IDH’s  “Hub,  Spoke  and  Spike” 
business model to form B-labs (“Spokes” capable 
of  processing  routine  tests)  in  Nigeria’s  three 
major cities of Abuja, Lagos and Benin; and C-labs 
(“Spikes” functioning as collection and basic test 
centres) in less populated areas.

Covid-19 Impact and Response
In  late  March,  the  Nigerian  government  intro-
duced  extensive  restrictive  measures  including 

1Source: Boston Consulting Group

complete lockdowns in Abuja and Lagos. Branches 
across the country were allowed to continue oper-
ating at reduced work hours. Starting in early May, 
the  government  began  the  progressive  easing  of 
restrictive  measures  with  all  branches  returning 
to normal work hours by early June.

Following  a  wave  of  protests  and  civil  unrest,  a 
24-hour  curfew  was  imposed  in  the  Lagos,  Edo 
and Delta states from October 19 until October 
23 in response to protests. This caused the closure 
of  all  four  Lagos  branches  as  well  as  the  Benin 
branch  and  Asaba  Main  branch.  All  branches 
have since returned to normal operational hours.

Operational Highlights
Revenue  from  Nigeria  recorded  EGP  36  million 
in  2020,  up  20%  year-on-year.  In  local  currency 
terms,  revenues  were  up  38%  year-on-year  in 
2020 on the back of a 20% year-on-year increase 
in both patients served and tests performed for 
the  year.  The  strong  rise  in  volumes  comes  as 
IDH  continues  to  capitalise  on  the  increased 
brand  awareness  and  demand  for  its  services 
in  Nigeria,  and  despite  the  Covid-19-related 
disruptions  faced  earlier  in  the  year.  As  part  of 
the  Group’s  efforts  to  restructure  the  business 
in  Nigeria,  Echo-Lab  hired  Dr.  Alok  Bhatia,  an 
industry veteran, as CEO in February 2021.  

EBITDA  losses  narrowed  significantly  to  EGP  7 
million in 2020 from the negative EGP 30 million 
recorded  in  2019.  Decreased  losses  were  due  to 
strong  revenue  growth  for  the  year  and  lower 
salaries  following  the  restructuring  that  took 
place during the second half of 2019.

2020 Annual Report37

Lagos, Nigeria

Nigeria   
Key Highlights

12

Branches as at year-end 2020

36 EGP/MN

Revenues in 2020, up 20% 
y-o-y

1.4%

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2020

Since acquisition, the Group 
rolled out an integration 
and value-building plan for 
the expansion of Echo-Lab’s 
branch network, renovating 
existing branches, procuring 
state-of-the-art equipment 
and growing the lab’s service 
offerings and enhancing its 
quality standards

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings38

Strategic Report  // Our Markets

Sudan

Sudan’s  economic  backdrop  continued  to  be 
affected  by  the  social  conflict  and  civil  unrest 
which  has  endured  since  the  2011  secession 
of  South  Sudan,  and  subsequent  loss  of  c.75% 
of  oil  production.  These  events  have  hindered 
the  country’s  economic  growth,  deprived  it 
of  its  major  foreign  currency  sources  which 
culminated  in  a  severe  currency  devaluation 
in  2018  with  the  Sudanese  Pound  lose  c.85% 
of  its  value.  During  2019,  economic  hardships 
and  political  unrest  led  to  month-long  protests 
early  in  the  year  and  the  removal  of  long-time 
president  Omar  Al-Bashir  in  April  2019.  This 
was  followed  by  the  signing  of  a  power-sharing 
agreement  signed  between  the  military  and  an 
opposition coalition in July 2019 which brought 
about  a  fragile  stability.  Despite  this,  in  2020 
Sudan continued to face social unrest as protest-
ers demanded faster reforms and the delivery of 
promises  made  in  2019  as  part  of  the  country’s 
transitional period. As of year-end 2020, the situ-
ation remains volatile and a return to civil unrest 
combined  with  a  weak  Sudanese  Dollar  (SDG) 
could adversely affect IDH’s business. 

In December 2020 the US government officially 
removed  Sudan  from  its  States  Sponsors  of 
Terrorism  list.  The  change  in  the  country’s 
designation  is  expected  to  allow  Sudan  to  have 
access  to  international  funds  and  investment, 
including the International Monetary Fund, pav-
ing the way for the country’s economic growth. 
The lifting of sanctions also opens up important 
growth  opportunities  for  IDH’s  operations  in 
the coming years. With the country now open to 
international suppliers; the Group will be able to 

directly import test kits and in turn improve its 
operational efficiency and profitability.

IDH operates under two brand names in Sudan, 
Ultralab  and  Al  Mokhtabar  Sudan.  Al  Borg 
acquired a majority interest in Ultralab in 2011, 
whilst Al Mokhtabar Sudan had been established 
in  2010  prior  to  the  Group’s  acquisition  of  Al 
Mokhtabar in Egypt.

Covid-19 Impact and Response
The  initial  response  of  the  Sudanese  govern-
ment  included  the  closure  of  schools,  religious 
institutes  and  polyclinics  as  well  as  a  national 
night-time curfew. Stricter measures, including a 
complete lockdown in Khartoum, were imposed 
in  April  and  May  which  led  to  the  closure  of 
several  of  the  Group’s  branches  and  the  reduc-
tion of work hours for branches which remained 
operational.  In  parallel,  in  July  2020  Sudan's 
government announced it would devalue its cur-
rency and cut fuel subsidies due to a huge budget 
deficit and an economic crisis aggravated by the 
coronavirus  pandemic.  Restrictive  measures 
were  progressively  eased  during  the  third  quar-
ter  of  2020,  will  all  21  of  the  Group’s  branches 
allowed to reopen normally in late July.

Operational Highlights
The Group’s Sudanese operations recorded a 2% 
year-on-year increase in revenue to EGP 38 mil-
lion in 2020, impacted by the SDG devaluation. In 
SDG terms, revenue reported a 28% year-on-year 
rise for the year due to higher pricing as manage-
ment  kept  in  step  with  inflationary  pressures. 
This helped offset a decline in volumes following 

2020 Annual Report39

Khartoum, Sudan

imposition  of  Covid-19-related  restric-
the 
tive  measures  and  the  closure  of  the  Group’s 
branches earlier in the year.

Sudan recorded an EBITDA of EGP 6 million in 
2020,  down  18%  year-on-year  with  an  EBITDA 
margin  of  16%  compared  to  20%  last  year. 
EBITDA  for  the  year  was  impacted  by  the  SDG 
devaluation. In SDG terms, EBITDA was up 2% 
year-on-year to SDG 21 million in 2020 as higher 
pricing offset branch closures earlier in the year.

With the country now open 
to international suppliers; 
the Group will be able to 
directly import test kits and in 
turn improve its operational 
efficiency and profitability

Sudan   
Key Highlights

20

Branches as at year-end 2020

38 EGP/MN

Revenues in 2020, up 2% y-o-y

1.4%

Contribution to consolidated 
revenues in 2020

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings40

Strategic Report  // Our Brands

Our Brands

IDH’s core brands include Al Mokhtabar, Al Borg and Al Borg Scan in Egypt, Biolab in 
Jordan, Ultralab and Al Mokhtabar Sudan in Sudan, and Echo-Lab in Nigeria. In 2019, IDH 
launched Wayak, an Egypt-based subsidiary which utilizes data analytics to capitalise on 
IDH’s patient database.

Al Mokhtabar – Egypt

Al Mokhtabar has been operating for almost 40 years with its roots dat-
ing back to 1979 when Dr. Moamena Kamel, Professor of Immunology 
at Cairo University, founded her first lab “MK Lab”. MK Lab was later 
merged with Al Mokhtabar in 2004 and has since built a reputation 
as a quality care provider with a portfolio of over 1,200 clinical analy-
ses  in  the  areas  of  immunology,  haematology/coagulation,  clinical 
chemistry,  parasitology,  microbiology/infectious  diseases,  toxicol-
ogy,  cytology,  surgical  pathology,  flowcytometry,  molecular  biology 
and cytogenetics. As of 31 December 2020, Al Mokhtabar operated a 
network of 230 branches across Egypt and has served over 3.6 million 
patients who received 14 million tests.

Al Mokhtabar Key Highlights

230

Operational Branches as at 31 
December 2020

3.6mn

Patients Served in 2020

13.9mn

Tests Performed in 2020

Al Borg Laboratories – Egypt

Founded in 1991, Al Borg Laboratories is the first medical labora-
tory company in the Middle East to implement an efficient Hub, 
Spoke and Spike business model. This has seen it quickly grow to 
become the largest privately owned laboratory group in the region 
offering  an  extensive  list  of  more  than  2,000  tests,  covering  the 
whole  spectrum  of  conventional  and  non-conventional  medical-
testing. Al Borg caters to outpatient walk-in customers as well as 
contract, insurance and lab-to-lab customers.

Al Borg Laboratories Key 
Highlights

196

Operational Branches as at 31 
December 2020

2.6mn

Patients Served in 2020

10.5mn

Tests Performed in 2020

2020 Annual Report41

IDH’s core brands include Al Borg, Al Borg Scan, Al Mokhtabar 
and Wayak in Egypt, Biolab in Jordan, Ultralab and Al 
Mokhtabar Sudan in Sudan, and Echo-Lab in Nigeria

Al Borg Scan – Egypt

IDH established Al Borg Scan in 2018 to capitalise on the growth 
opportunities  presented  by  Egypt’s  high-value  radiology  space. 
Offering a full range of radiology services, Al Borg Scan leverages 
Al Borg’s brand equity and its large customer base to consolidate 
its position as the Egyptian market’s premium provider of medi-
cal imaging. The company currently operates two state-of-the art 
facilities in Egypt and is actively working towards the rollout of its 
third branch. Al Borg Scan draws on the latest technology to offer 
the  highest  quality  in  MRI,  CT,  ultrasound,  x-ray,  mammogram 
and cath lab services. Led by some of the Egypt’s most capable and 
recognized radiologists, Al Borg Scan is a key component of IDH’s 
strategy to build a national brand in Egypt.

Al Borg Scan Key Highlights

2

Operational Branches as at 31 
December 2020

36k

Patients Served in 2020

46K

Tests Performed in 2020

Wayak – Egypt

Wayak was launched in 2019 to invest in data mining and artificial intelligence plat-
forms and capitalise on IDH’s patient database to capture new growth opportunities 
in the healthcare management space. With a database covering more than 13 million 
patients, of which 10% suffer from chronic diseases, Wayak will allow IDH to build 
electronic medical records of patients and better cater to their needs with innovative 
patient healthcare profiles, home-delivery of medications, diagnostics testing remind-
ers, referrals to service providers under the IDH network with discounted prices as 
well as follow-up services.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings42

Strategic Report  // Our Brands

Biolab – Jordan

Biolab  was  established  in  2001  as  IDH  looked  to  create  a  com-
pany  to  lead  Jordan’s  private  medical  laboratory  space.  Using 
state-of-the-art medical technology and a nationwide network of 
19  branches,  Biolab  offers  a  suite  of  over  1,000  diagnostic  tests 
to a customer base including patients, physicians, hospitals and 
referring clinical laboratories. Biolab is accredited by the Jorda-
nian Ministry of Health (“MOH”), with two branches accredited 
with  ISO  15189  and  Joint  Commission  International  ( JCI)  and 
one branch receiving CAP accreditation in 2018.

Biolab Key Highlights

20

Operational Branches as at 31 
December 2020

550K

Patients Served in 2020

2.0mn

Tests Performed in 2020

Echo-Lab – Nigeria

IDH acquired Nigerian medical diagnostics firm Echo-Lab (previ-
ously Echo-Scan) in 2018 as part of the Group’s wider geographic 
expansion  strategy.  Through  the  acquisition  IDH  broadened  its 
exposure  to  fragmented  and  underpenetrated  Nigerian  market, 
where it can leverage advantageous market conditions similar to 
those prevailing in its other geographies. Echo-Lab offers a com-
prehensive  suite  of  pathology  and  radiology  diagnostic  testing, 
consolidating different test categories under the same roof.

Echo-Lab Key Highlights

12

Operational Branches as at 31 
December 2020

131K

Patients Served in 2020

215K

Tests Performed in 2020

2020 Annual Report43

UltraLab – Sudan

Ultralab was founded in 2008 and has quickly grown into Sudan’s 
largest and most respected laboratory chain. Ultralab operated 
12 laboratories at year-end 2020, including 9 independent labs 
and 3 hospital / clinical centre-based labs. The company enjoys 
broad geographic exposure in Sudan, with Khartoum, Om Dor-
man and Port Sudan.

UltraLab Key Highlights

12

Operational Branches as at 31 
December 2020

109K

Patients Served in 2020

338K

Tests Performed in 2020

Al Mokhtabar Sudan – Sudan

Al Mokhtabar Sudan was established in 2010 prior to IDH’s acqui-
sition of Al Mokhtabar in Egypt. The company offers a comparable 
suite of diagnostic services as that provided by UltraLab. Both of 
IDH’s  Sudanese  subsidiaries  adhere  to  the  Group’s  proven  Hub, 
Spoke and Spike model, mirroring the approach employed by Al 
Borg and Al Mokhtabar in Egypt.

Al Mokhtabar Sudan-Lab Key 
Highlights

8

Operational Branches as at 31 
December 2020

22K

Patients Served in 2020

71K

Tests Performed in 2020

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings44

Strategic Report  // Our Services

Our Services

Through IDH’s brands, the Group offers over 2,000 internationally accredited pathology 
tests ranging from basic blood glucose tests for diabetes to advanced molecular testing 
for genetic disorders. Additionally, IDH offers the full suite of radiology services through Al 
Borg Scan in Egypt and Echo-Lab in Nigeria. IDH also leverages its patient database and 
wide geographic reach to build electronic medical records and offer its patients tailored 
services – home-delivery of medications, diagnostics testing reminders and referrals to 
service providers – under its subsidiary Wayak.  

Pathology
IDH’s comprehensive pathology product portfolio covers immunology, haematology, endocri-
nology, clinical chemistry, molecular biology, cytogenetics, histopathology and microbiology.

Immunology

Microbiology

Haematology

Endocrinology

Clinical Chemistry

Molecular Biology

Cytogenetics

Histopathology

Radiology

Radiology
IDH  offers  the  full  suite  of  radiology  services 
through Al Borg Scan in Egypt and Echo-Lab in 
Nigeria,  including  but  not  limited  to  magnetic 
resonance  imaging  (MRI),  computed  tomogra-
phy (CT), ultrasound, x-ray, mammograms and 
cath lab facilities.

Healthcare Management Services
Wayak was launched in 2019 to capitalize on the 
Group’s patient database and capture new growth 
opportunities  in  the  healthcare  management 
space and offer targeted services to its customers.

With a database covering more than 13 million 
patients,  of  which  c.10%  suffer  from  chronic 
diseases,  the  Egypt-based  subsidiary  invests 
in data mining and artificial intelligence plat-
forms  to  build  electronic  medical  records  of 
patients  and  better  cater  to  their  needs  with 
new  value  propositions.  These  include  build-
ing patient healthcare profiles, home-delivery 
of medications, diagnostics testing reminders, 
referrals to service providers under IDH’s net-
work with discounted prices as well as follow-
up services, amongst others.

2020 Annual Report45

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings46

Strategic Report  // Our Services

Internationally-Accredited 
Test Portfolio

Across its brand portfolio, IDH maintains international-quality accreditations with a stringent 
internal audit process to ensure best-in-class service.

ISO
ISO accreditation requires an initial inspection of laboratory practices, calibration 
and medical analysis by an accreditation body. For Al Mokhtabar and for Al Borg, it 
was URS Certification (accredited internationally by the United Kingdom Accredita-
tion Service); and for Biolab, it was the Jordanian Accreditation System (JAS). The 
inspection involves the clinical chemistry area, the virology unit, the haematology 
unit  and  the  general  laboratory  management  practice.  The  accreditation’s  stan-
dards  include  both  management  and  technical  requirements. The  Company’s  ISO 
9001:2008 accreditations  for both  Al Mokhtabar and Al  Borg  passed accreditation 
reviews in December 2020 and is valid for three years.

College of American Pathologists (CAP)
Unlike ISO accreditation, CAP certification is awarded to individual labs, rather than 
the Group’s operations as a whole and is widely considered the leader in laboratory 
quality assurance globally. The Group’s central Mega Lab in Cairo, which was inau-
gurated in 2015 replacing two smaller, independent “A-labs” one of which was also 
CAP certified, received its CAP certification in February 2018 and is renewable every 
two years. This sees IDH currently operate the only laboratory in Egypt to receive this 
distinguished certification, which is scheduled for renewal in October 2021.

2020 Annual Report47

Quality Assurance
IDH’s quality assurance programme ensures that all internal diagnostic processes, 
lab testing procedures and results analyses are accurate. The quality assurance pro-
gram ensures that all the standards of the CAP and ISO accreditations are met by 
inspecting hardware and equipment, ensuring compliance with procedure manuals, 
inspecting the accuracy of results and administering competency assessments for 
employees. The internal audit team also maintains a specific audit checklist for the 
basic  and  routine  tests  conducted  in  the  Group’s  C-labs,  including  conformity  of 
process; testing the competency of employees through oral, observational, practical 
and written tests; and conducting managerial audits to assess the labs’ management 
and administrative efficiency.

Employee Training
The Group views education as an essential means of ensuring quality across its labo-
ratories. To help develop the skills of employees, IDH has a dedicated training facil-
ity in Cairo with four training laboratories. In 2020, the training team was composed 
of one manager, one medical consultant, two supervisors, one administrator and six 
full-time training specialists. The centre provides training to around 630 employees 
per month, including doctors, chemists, receptionists, branch and area managers, 
sales personnel and administrators. The training curriculum is determined based on 
performance KPIs, internal audit reports, management reviews, competency assess-
ment reports and analysis of customer feedback and complaints. IDH’s employee 
training  is  structured  along  four  modules:  new  employee  training,  competency-
based, need-based and practical re-training.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings48

Strategic Report  // Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy

Competitive Strengths & 
Growth Strategy

IDH’s established market position and flexible business model coupled with its scalable 
platform and experienced management provide the necessary tools and resilience to 
deliver on the Group’s ambitious long-term growth strategy while weathering short-term 
challenges across its markets.

Competitive Strengths 

Exposure to resilient markets 
with favourable dynamics

Strong market position 
with over three decades of 
industry experience

The Group operates in markets characterised by 
strong structural growth drivers, with generally 
under-penetrated  and  underserved  diagnostic 
services  markets.  The  counter-cyclical  nature 
of the diagnostic and healthcare industries has 
allowed  the  Group  to  remain  resilient  in  the 
face of economic and political headwinds in the 
regions where it operates. This is best exempli-
fied  by  IDH’s  consistent  double-digit  revenue 
growth in recent years and, more recently, by its 
ability  to  deliver  exceptional  top-  and  bottom-
line growth despite the unprecedented difficul-
ties faced in 2020.

Across its markets of operation, IDH enjoys high 
barriers to entry (as detailed in Our Markets on 
page  28).  This  provides  significant  advantages 
for  players  with  an  establish  market  position. 
With  close  to  four  decades  of  industry  experi-
ence,  IDH’s  subsidiaries  have  built  a  strong 
brand  equity  and  reputation,  in  turn  earning 
the trust and loyalty of its patients. Additionally, 
IDH’s  internationally  accredited  facilities  are 
essential  to  attracting  contract  clients,  while 
its  scalable  business  model  and  relationships 
with key stakeholders extend its reach in a frag-
mented market.

2020 Annual Report49

Scalable asset-light  
business model

Strong balance sheet and 
cash generation capacity

IDH’s  Hub,  Spoke  and  Spike  business  model 
provides the Group with an efficient low-capital 
intensive  platform  for  organic  expansion  over 
a  wide  geographic  footprint.  The  Group’s  cen-
tralised  Mega  Lab  with  modern,  high-capacity 
equipment  and  significant  throughput  allows 
IDH  to  roll-out  asset-light,  plug  and  play  C 
labs  for  sample  collection  and  simple  testing. 
Safety and testing procedures are continuously 
enhanced as more tests are performed using the 
advanced  diagnostic  tools  and  state-of-the-art 
technology installed at IDH’s Mega Lab.

The Group’s asset-light model, which translates 
into minimal borrowing and significant strate-
gic flexibility, enables IDH to maintain a strong 
financial  position  with  an  unlevered  balance 
sheet.  Meanwhile,  core  profitability  remains 
consistently  strong,  with  the  Group  delivering 
EBITDA  margins  in  excess  of  40%  and  main-
taining  healthy  cash  balances  irrespective  of 
the  challenging  operating  conditions  faced 
throughout the years.

Experienced and 
entrepreneurial management

The Group has a highly experienced management 
team  with  several  decades  of  healthcare  experi-
ence.  Furthermore,  IDH’s  world-class  Board  of 
Directors  brings  a  wealth  of  healthcare,  MENA 
region and investment experience to the table.

27.1mn

Tests performed in 2020

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings50

Strategic Report  // Competitive Strengths & Growth Strategy

Long Term Growth Strategy

IDH  leverages  its  competitive  strengthens  to 
capture substantial opportunities and deliver on 
a  four-pillar  growth  strategy  focused  on  1)  the 
continued expansion of its customer base; (2) the 
expansion of its service portfolio to increase tests 

per patient; (3) the penetration of new geographic 
markets through selective, value-accretive acqui-
sitions; and (4) the introduction of new medical 
services  by  leveraging  the  Group’s  network  and 
reputable brand position.

Expand Customer Reach

Increase Tests per Patient

The Group’s state-of-the-art Mega Lab expands 
its ability to perform higher volumes and more 
complex  tests  not  offered  in  other  labs,  thus 
broadening  its  portfolio.  Meanwhile,  IDH  also 
bundles testing services into discounted health 
packages offered to existing customers, further 
driving volume growth and revenue per patient. 
The Group is also actively engaged in advertis-
ing campaigns to raise awareness of particular 
diseases and the importance of being tested, as 
well  as  to  educate  people  on  lifestyle  diseases, 
such as diabetes and high cholesterol, and the 
need  to  undergo  frequent  testing.  Such  efforts 
have successfully driven volume growth in IDH, 
bolstering average test and revenue per patient.

IDH  is  constantly  looking  for  opportunities 
to  increase  accessibility  for  patients  as  it 
seeks  to  capitalise  on  the  favourable  market 
dynamics and take full advantage of the strong 
demand for private healthcare services across 
its  geographic  footprint.  IDH’s  scalable,  low 
is  well-
capital-intensive  business  model 
suited  to  support  the  Group’s  efforts  on  this 
front  as  it  allows  for  the  quick  and  efficient 
rollout of new labs and geographic expansion 
in  the  Middle  East  and  Africa.  Furthermore, 
the  Group  offers  an  array  of  complementary 
services,  such  as  house  calls,  e-services,  and 
results delivery, which make its regular service 
offerings  easier  to  use  for  both  existing  and 
prospective patients. IDH’s house call services 
have  become  increasingly  popular  in  2020 
in  light  of  the  ongoing  Covid-19  pandemic, 
representing  20%  of  consolidated  revenues  in 
the year compared to around 9% in 2019 as the 
Company  ramped  up  the  service  to  perform 
circa 4,500 house visits per day in Egypt.

2020 Annual Report51

30

7.1mn

New branches in 2020

Patients served in 2020

Geographic Expansion

IDH is constantly on the lookout for new acqui-
sition  opportunities,  focusing  on  highly  frag-
mented  and  underpenetrated  markets  in  the 
Middle  East  and  Africa.  The  Group’s  business 
model is well-suited to capitalise on healthcare 
and consumer trends prevalent in these regions. 
Leveraging  the  strength  of  its  balance  sheet, 
IDH delivers on this strategic objective through 
value-accretive  acquisitions,  including  that  of 
Echo-Lab of Nigeria in 2018.

Diversify into New Medical 
Services

As  the  medical  testing  market  in  Egypt  evolves 
from a single doctor-oriented model to a branded 
chain  model,  IDH  recognises  the  opportunity 
to  offer  services  that  are  not  currently  being 
provided  by  any  private  healthcare  provider  on 
a  large  scale.  The  Group  believes  that  its  brand 
equity, experience, and patient following ideally 
position  it  to  pursue  opportunities  in  adjacent 
markets.  To  this  end,  the  Group  marked  its 
expansion into the high-value radiology segment 
in October 2018 through Al Borg Scan. This was 
soon  followed  by  the  launch  of  the  Company’s 
Egypt-based subsidiary Wayak. The new venture 
aims  invest  in  artificial  intelligence  and  data 
mining  to  provide  tailored  healthcare  manage-
ment  services  to  its  patients,  increasing  loyalty 
and retention rates.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings52

Strategic Report  // Principle Risk, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Principle Risk, Uncertainties 
& Their Mitigation

As in any corporation, IDH has exposure to risks 
and  uncertainties  that  may  adversely  affect  its 
performance.  IDH  Chairman  Lord  St  John  of 
Bletso has emphasised that ownership of the risk 
matrix  is  sufficiently  important  to  the  Group’s 
long-term success that it must be equally shared 
by the Board and senior management. 

While no system can mitigate every risk — and 
some  risks,  as  at  the  country  level,  are  largely 
without  potential  mitigants  —  the  Group  has 
in  place  processes,  procedures  and  baseline 
assumptions that provide mitigation. The Board 
and senior management agree that the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Group include:

2020 Annual Report53

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Country risk — Political & Security

Egypt  and  the  wider  MENA  region,  where  the  Group  operates, 
have  experienced  political  volatility  and  there  remains  a  risk  of 
occasional civil disorder.

Sudan  is  currently  undergoing  a  significant  political  transition 
which began in 2019 when severe political unrest and protests led 
the  military  to  remove  long-time  president  Omar  Al-Bashir.  Fol-
lowing his removal, the military signed power-sharing agreement 
with an opposition coalition in July 2019, with the aim of eventu-
ally transferring power to a civilian government, nonetheless, the 
country continued to witness protest throughout 2020 as citizens 
demanded faster reform. The situation remains volatile and a return 
to civil unrest could adversely affect IDH’s business. 

See mitigants for “Country/regional risk — Economic,” below.

While nationwide protests do affect patient and test volumes at 
IDH, the diagnostic industry is relatively immune given the inelas-
tic  demand  for  healthcare  services.  Additionally,  IDH  has  been 
successful in offsetting the effect of lower volumes due to protest 
with  higher  pricing,  and  in  both  2019  and  2020  the  geography 
recorded year-on-year revenue growth in EGP terms.

The current power-sharing agreement and subsequent formation 
of  a  sovereign  council  composed  of  civilian  and  military  repre-
sentatives will see the country through a three-year transitional 
period after which elections are to be held.

In December 2020, US removed Sudan from its States Sponsors of 
Terrorism list. The change in the country’s designation is expected 
to allow Sudan to have access to international funds and invest-
ment, including the International Monetary Fund, paving the way 
for the country’s economic growth.

Nigeria is facing security challenges on several fronts, including 
re-emerging  ethnic  tensions  and  resurgent  attacks  by  Islamist 
militants  in  the  northeast.  Against  the  backdrop  of  a  sluggish 
economy  and  the  slow  implementation  of  reforms,  mounting 
discontent could translate into further social unrest.

Regarding  other  operating  risks,  including  but  not  limited  to 
legal  and  compliance  risks,  IDH  will  apply  the  same  rigorous 
standards to evaluating all aspects of its business processes in 
Nigeria as it has implemented in all of the emerging markets in 
which it operates.

Tensions spiked in October 2020 as thousands of people took to 
the streets to protest against police brutality in the country. The 
government responded by dissolving the special division known 
as  SARS  (Special  Anti-Robbery  Squad).  In  late  2020  and  early 
2021, protests have decreased significantly across the country.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings54

Strategic Report  // Principle Risk, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Country/regional risk — Economic
The Group is subject to the economic conditions of Egypt specifi-
cally and, to a lesser extent, those of the wider MENA region. Egypt 
accounted for c. 82% of our revenues in 2020 (2019: 85%).

High  inflation  in  Egypt:  According  to  the  Central  Bank  of  Egypt, 
headline inflation recorded 5.4% in December 2020, continuing a 
declining trend from 7.1% in December 2019, 21.6% in January 2018 
and a record high of c.35% in July 2017 following the November 2016 
devaluation of the Egyptian Pound and subsequent energy subsidy 
cuts. Meanwhile core inflation that strips out volatile items came in 
at 3.8% in December 2020, compared to 2.4% in December 2019 and 
8.3% in December 2018.

High  Inflation  in  Sudan:  Following  substantial  currency  devalua-
tion in Sudan during 2018 the currency lost 85% of its value. In 2019, 
the Sudanese Pound’s official rate versus the US Dollar remained 
relatively stable at 45.11 as 31 December according to the Central 
Bank  of  Sudan.  However,  in  July  2020  the  Sudanese  government 
announced it would devalue its currency and cut fuel subsidies due 
to a huge budget deficit and an economic crisis aggravated by the 
coronavirus pandemic.

The currency reached an official rate against the US Dollar of 55.25 
in early March 2020 (140 on the parallel market). This saw annual 
inflation  continue  to  rise,  hitting  a  new  record  peak  of  212.3%  in 
September of 2020 according to Trading Economics. 

Nigeria: Capital controls could make profit repatriation difficult in 
the short term. 

Nigeria: Depreciation of the naira would make imported products 
and  raw  materials  more  expensive  and  would  reduce  Nigeria’s 
contribution  to  consolidated  Company  revenues.  Whilst  capital 
controls have helped the official exchange converge with the black-
market rate, the central bank has yet to allow the naira to float freely.

This is largely not subject to mitigation. In both political/security 
and  economic  risk,  management  notes  that  IDH  operates  in  a 
defensive industry and that the business continued to grow year-
on-year  through  two  revolutions,  as  well  as  under  extremely  dif-
ficult operating conditions in 2016 and in 2020.

High  inflation  is  one  consequence  of  Egypt’s  policy-restructuring 
cycle.  The  structural  change  underway  in  government  spending 
and general repricing of goods and services represents a reversal of 
50 years of comprehensive government support. Whilst it will take 
time, the reform program is designed to put the country on a more 
sustainable path to growth and fiscal consolidation. According to 
Egypt’s Ministry of Planning and Administrative Reform, as of the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  2020  Egypt  recorded  GDP  growth  of  3.6%, 
while the budget deficit as a percentage of GDP had declined to 7.8 
compared to 8.4% in the fiscal year ended June 2019.  

The Group’s contemplated acquisitions outside of Egypt would also 
mitigate the Egypt-specific country risk over time.

The Group is closely monitoring the economic and political situa-
tion in Sudan and has implemented several price increases to keep 
instep  with  inflationary  pressures.  IDH  is  also  working  to  limit 
expatriate salaries and foreign currency needs by increasing depen-
dence on local hires.

In Nigeria, until currency exchange policy is clarified and there is 
greater visibility regarding profit repatriation, IDH expects to rein-
vest early profits into its Nigerian business. Dividend payments are 
not expected to be repatriated in the first four years of operation. 

IDH  will  capitalise  on  its  regional  agreements  with  suppliers  to 
procure kits at competitive prices.

2020 Annual Report55

Specific Risk

Mitigation

COVID-19
The  ongoing  Covid-19  pandemic  presents  business 
continuity  risks  to  IDH  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
supply-chain disruptions, government enforced quaran-
tines and their effect IDH business operations and risk of 
infection  among  IDH  employees.  Government-imposed 
curfews  and  lockdowns  have  also  negatively  impacted 
the  Group’s  operations  leading  to  the  full  closure  or  to 
the  decrease  of  working  hours  for  branches  across  the 
Group’s  geographies.  While  as  at  31  December  2020  all 
of IDH’s branches were operating normally, new restric-
tions could be imposed in the coming months in light of 
potential  resurgences  of  Covid-19-positive  cases  across 
IDH’s countries of operation. 

IDH is in continual dialogue with key suppliers to gauge 
the risk associated with a shortage of materials and is yet 
to identify a weakness. The Group is ready to build inven-
tory of key test kits as necessary, should supply disrup-
tions  begin  to  emerge.  All  of  IDH  staff  use  appropriate 
protective  equipment  when  interacting  with  patients, 
including  those  suspected  of  having  covid-19  or  any 
other infectious disease. IDH is currently administering 
PCR testing for Covid-19 in Egypt and Jordan.

All of the Group’s employees are subject to regular com-
munications  reminding  them  that  they  may  not  report 
to work if they have symptoms of a Covid-19 infection.

To  limit  risk  for  headquarter  staff,  IDH  has  identified 
several  head-office  functions  that  can  be  performed 
from home and has implemented a shift policy to avoid 
overcrowding in its main offices.

In parallel, the Group is regularly reviewing its disaster 
recovery and business continuity policies to ensure that 
it is well prepared for any eventuality.

investment, 

Covid-19  global  economic  impact:  Nationwide  lock-
downs  and  social  distancing  measures  enacted  across 
the  world  beginning  April  2020  have  led  to  lower  con-
sumption, 
industrial  production,  retail 
sales, purchasing managers’ indices for the manufactur-
ing and service sectors, and higher unemployment rates. 
According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the 
Covid-19  pandemic  drove  a  3.5%  contraction  in  global 
growth, which could continue in 2021 if the pandemic is 
not effectively contained. 

The  development  and  regulatory  approval  of  several 
vaccine approvals in late 2020 and early 2021 has raised 
hopes  of  a  turnaround  in  the  pandemic,  with  the  IMF 
now  projecting  the  global  economy  to  grow  by  5.5% 
in  2021  and  4.2%  in  2022.  According  to  the  IMG,  the 
strength of the recovery is projected to vary significantly 
across countries, depending on access to medical inter-
ventions,  effectiveness  of  policy  support,  exposure  to 
cross-country  spillovers,  and  structural  characteristics 
entering the crisis.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings56

Strategic Report  // Principle Risk, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Foreign currency and banking regulation risk
Foreign  currency  risk:  The  Group  is  exposed  to  foreign 
currency risk on the cost side of the business. The major-
ity  of  supplies  it  acquires  are  paid  in  Egyptian  pounds 
(EGP), but given they are imported, their price will vary 
with the rate of exchange between the EGP and foreign 
currencies. In addition, a portion of supplies are priced 
and paid in foreign currencies.

Only 12% of IDH’s cost of supplies (c.2% of revenues) are 
payable in US dollars, minimising the Group’s exposure 
to foreign exchange (FX) scarcity and in part, the volatil-
ity of the Egyptian pound.

In 2020, IDH recorded a net foreign exchange loss/gain of 
EGP 12.6 million, largely stable compared to a net foreign 
exchange loss of EGP 15.5 million in 2019. 

The  CBE  moved  to  a  fully  floating  foreign  exchange 
regime on 3 November 2016, since which time the value 
of the Egyptian pound against the US dollar has been set 
by the interbank market. After losing more than 50% of 
its value in 2016, the Egyptian pound closed 2020 at mid-
market  CBE  rate  of  15.73  per  US$1  against  an  opening 
rate of EGP 15.04.

Throughout  2020,  the  Central  Bank  of  Egypt  (CBE) 
implemented  interest  rate  cuts  for  a  total  of  400  bps. 
This, however, did not have significant adverse impacts 
on the EGP-USD exchange rate especially following the 
US Federal Reserve decision to cut its benchmark rate to 
zero in response to the Covid-19-related economic crisis. 

The Egyptian pound was valued at 15.73 to US$ 1.00 as of 
3 February 2021. 

Banking  regulation  risk:  A  priority  list  and  allocation 
mechanism imposed by the CBE was in effect through-
out 2016 to prioritise essential imports. This mechanism 
was in place in response to an active parallel market for 
foreign exchange.

Following  a  decline  in  foreign  reserves  in  early  2020, 
the  CBE’s  foreign  currency  reserves  have  continued  to 
climb steadily to reach US$ 40 billion in December 2020. 
In  light  of  the  sustained  recovery,  the  return  of  capital 
controls  previously  implemented  following  the  pound’s 
devaluation is unlikely. 

Whilst  foreign  exchange  is  increasingly  available  fol-
lowing  the  November  2016  float  of  the  Egyptian  pound 
and  prices  set  by  the  interbank  mechanism,  IDH  faces 
the  risk  of  variability  in  the  exchange  rate  because  of 
economic and other factors.

Inflation of Sudan has risen to one of the highest levels 
in the world and the country slipped into hyperinflation.

Over the past two years, management was able to raise 
prices in Sudan with more than 100% in a trial to miti-
gate the hyperinflation. 

2020 Annual Report57

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Supplier risk
IDH  faces  the  risk  of  suppliers  re-opening  negotiations 
in the face of cost pressure owing to the prevailing infla-
tionary  environment  and/or  a  possible  albeit  limited 
devaluation risk in 2020.

IDH’s  supplier  risk  is  concentrated  amongst  three  key 
suppliers  —  Siemens,  Roche  and  BM  (Sysmex)—  who 
provide it with kits representing 52% of the total value of 
total raw materials in 2020 (2019: 45%).

IDH has strong, longstanding relationships with its sup-
pliers, to whom it is a significant regional client. Due to 
the volumes of kits the Company purchases, IDH is able 
to negotiate favourable pricing and maintain raw mate-
rial  costs  increases  at  a  rate  slower  than  inflation.  It  is 
worth highlighting that IDH’s supplier relations were not 
impacted by COVID-19. 

Total  raw materials  costs  as a  percentage of  sales were 
18.4% in 2020 compared with 18.3% in 2019. 

Remittance of dividend regulations and 
repatriation of profit risk

The  Group’s  ability  to  remit  dividends  abroad  may  be 
adversely  affected  by  the  imposition  of  remittance 
restrictions where, under Egyptian law, companies must 
obtain government clearance to transfer dividends over-
seas  and  are  subject  to  higher  taxation  on  payment  of 
dividends.

As a foreign investor in Egypt, IDH does not have issues 
with the repatriation of dividends but is exposed to risk 
in the form of cost of foreign exchange in the markets in 
which the Group operates, particularly Egypt and Sudan.

As a provider of medical diagnostic services, IDH’s oper-
ations in Sudan are not subject to sanctions. Notably, in 
October 2017 the US lifted a host of sanctions imposed 20 
years ago that included a comprehensive trade embargo, 
a freeze on government assets and tight restrictions on 
financial  institutions  dealing  with  the  country.  More 
recently, in December 2020 the US removed Sudan from 
its States Sponsors of Terrorism list.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings58

Strategic Report  // Principle Risk, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Legal and regulatory risk to the business
The  Group’s  business  is  subject  to,  and  affected  by, 
extensive,  stringent  and  frequently  changing  laws  and 
regulations, as well as frequently changing enforcement 
regimes,  in  each  of  the  countries  in  which  it  operates. 
Moreover, as a significant player in the Egyptian private 
clinical laboratory market, the Group is subject to anti-
trust and competition-related restrictions, as well as the 
possibility of investigation by the Egyptian Competition 
Authority.

The  Group’s  general  counsel  and  the  quality  assurance 
team work together to keep IDH abreast of, and in com-
pliance with, both legislative and regulatory changes. 

On  the  antitrust  front,  the  private  laboratory  segment 
(of which IDH is a part) accounts for a small proportion 
of the total market, which consists of small private labs, 
private  chain  labs  and  large  governmental  and  quasi-
governmental institutions.

Quality control risks
Failure to establish and comply with appropriate quality 
standards when performing testing and diagnostics ser-
vices could result in litigation and liability for the Group 
and could materially and adversely affect its reputation 
and results of operations. This is particularly key as the 
Group  depends  heavily  on  maintaining  good  relation-
ships  with  healthcare  professionals  who  prescribe  and 
recommend the Group’s services.

The  Group’s  quality  assurance  (QA)  function  ensures 
compliance  with  best  practices  across  all  medical 
diagnostic  functions.  All  laboratory  staff  participate  in 
ongoing  professional  education  with  quality  assurance 
emphasised at each juncture. 

The head of quality assurance for the Group is a member 
of  the  senior  management  team  at  the  IDH  level,  which 
meets weekly to review recent developments, plan strat-
egy and discuss issues of concern to the Group as a whole.

Risk from contract clients
Contract  clients  including  private  insurers,  unions  and 
corporations, account for c. 54% of the Group’s revenue in 
2020. Should IDH’s relationship with these clients dete-
riorate, for example if the Group were unable to negoti-
ate and retain similar fee arrangements or should these 
clients be unable to make payments to the Group, IDH’s 
business could be materially and adversely affected.

IDH  diligently  works  to  maintain  sound  relationships 
with  contract  clients.  All  changes  to  pricing  and  con-
tracts are arrived at through discussion rather than blan-
ket  imposition  by  IDH.  Relations  are  further  enhanced 
by regular visits to contract clients by the Group’s sales 
staff.

IDH’s  attractiveness  to  contract  clients  is  enhanced  by 
the extent of its national network.   

Excluding the Pure-Health agreement, which generated 
EGP 62 million in revenue during 2020, no single client 
contract accounts for more than 1% of total revenues or 
1.4% of contract revenues.

2020 Annual Report59

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Pricing pressure in a competitive, regulated 
environment

The Group faces pricing pressure from various third-party 
payers, including national health insurance, syndicates, 
other  governmental  bodies,  that  could  materially  and 
adversely affect its revenue. Pricing may be restrained in 
cases by recommended or mandatory fees set by govern-
ment ministries and other authorities.

This  risk  may  be  more  pronounced  in  the  context  of 
headline monthly inflation in Egypt, which as of Decem-
ber 2020 stood at 5.4% as per the Central Bank of Egypt.

This is an external risk for which there exist few mitigants.

In  the  event  there  is  escalation  of  price  competition 
between market players, the Group sees its wide national 
footprint  as  a  mitigant;  c.  54%  of  our  revenue  is  gener-
ated by servicing contract clients (private insurer, unions 
and corporations) who prefer IDH’s national network to 
patchworks of local players. 

IDH has a limited ability to influence changes to manda-
tory  pricing  policies  imposed  by  government  agencies, 
as is the case in Jordan, where basic tests that account 
for the majority of IDH’s business in that nation are sub-
ject to price controls.

Carrying value of goodwill and other intangible 
assets

A  decline  in  financial  performance  could  lead  to  an 
impairment risk over the carrying value of IDH’s good-
will and other intangible assets. Goodwill and intangible 
assets have arisen from historic acquisitions made by the 
Group and include the brand names used in the business.

IDH carries out an annual impairment test on goodwill 
and other intangible assets in line with IAS 36. 

The results of the annual impairment test show headroom 
between the recoverable amount (based on value in use) 
and the carrying value of each of the identified Cash Gen-
erating Units and no impairment is deemed to be required. 
For more detail see note (11) of the Financial Statements.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings60

Strategic Report  // Principle Risk, Uncertainties & Their Mitigation

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Business continuity risks
Management  concentration  risk:  IDH  is  dependent  on 
the  unique  skills  and  experience  of  a  talented  manage-
ment  team.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  key  members  of 
that team could materially and adversely affect the Com-
pany’s operations and business. 

Business  interruption:  IT  systems  are  used  extensively 
in virtually all aspects of the Group’s business and across 
each  of  its  lines  of  business,  including  test  and  exam 
results  reporting,  billing,  customer  service,  logistics  and 
management  of  medical  data.  Similarly,  business  inter-
ruption  at  one  of  the  Group’s  larger  laboratory  facilities 
could result in significant losses and reputational damage 
to the Group’s business as a result of external factors such 
as natural disasters, fire, riots or extended power failures. 
The  Group’s  operations  therefore  depend  on  the  contin-
ued and uninterrupted performance of its systems.

Business Interruption: across its geographies, the reim-
position  of  restrictive  measures  related  to  Covid-19 
(including  curfews  and  lockdowns)  could  impact  the 
working  hours  of  branches  and  in  extreme  cases  could 
lead to their temporary closure.

IDH understands the need to support its future growth 
plans by strengthening its human capital and engaging 
in  appropriate  succession  planning.  The  Company  is 
committed to expanding the senior management team, 
led by its CEO Dr. Hend El Sherbini, to include the talent 
needed for a larger footprint. The Group has constituted 
an Executive Committee led by Dr. El Sherbini and com-
posed of heads of departments. The Executive Commit-
tee meets every second week.

The Group has in place a full disaster recovery plan, with 
procedures and provisions for spares, redundant power 
systems and the use of mobile data systems as alterna-
tives  to  landlines,  among  multiple  other  factors.  IDH 
tests its disaster recovery plans on a regular basis.

In Egypt and Jordan, to mitigate the impact of potential 
branch  closures  on  operations,  the  Group  has  been 
ramping up its house call services. Moreover, the Group’s 
important  role  in  conducting  PCR  testing  for  Covid-19 
in both Egypt and Jordan makes it unlikely that branches 
would  be  closed  even  if  new  restrictive  measures  were 
introduced.  

2020 Annual Report61

Specific Risk

Mitigation

Loss of talent
IDH  depends  on  the  skills,  knowledge,  experience  and 
expertise  of  its  senior  managers  to  run  its  business  and 
implement its strategies. The Group’s senior management 
has an average of 15 years of industry experience and the 
majority are medical doctors. Furthermore, IDH is reliant 
on its ability to recruit and retain laboratory professionals. 
Loss  of  senior  managers  could  materially  and  adversely 
affect the Group’s results of operations and business.

In  Nigeria,  IDH  will  face  a  more  limited  talent  pool  of 
healthcare workers due to a weak education system and 
the tendency for trained professionals to move abroad.  

Loss of certifications and accreditations
Many  of  IDH’s  facilities  have  received  internationally 
accreditations  for  high-quality  standards.  The  failure  to 
renew these certifications, including the College of Ameri-
can Pathologists (CAP) accreditation for the Mega Lab or 
the  International  Organization  for  Standards  (IOS)  for 
other facilities, would call into question the Group’s qual-
ity standards and competitive differentiators.

In  addition  to  competitive  compensation  packages,  the 
Group also ensures it has access to a broad pool of trained 
laboratory professionals through its own in-house recruit-
ment and training program. We furthermore have in place 
a program to monitor the performance of graduates of the 
training program.

Egypt is a net exporter of trained healthcare profession-
als  as  there  is  surplus  staff  in  the  market.  IDH’s  efforts 
are accordingly focused on retention of qualified staff as 
opposed to recruitment of new personnel.

In Nigeria, IDH intends to offer a strong value proposition 
for staff that includes opportunity for both compensation 
and training. The Group will seek to bring in expatriates 
to  fill  key  leadership  roles  whilst  local  teams  are  being 
trained and developed.

In  October  2017,  IDH’s  central  Mega  Lab  in  Cairo  was 
accredited by CAP which is subject to renewal every two 
years.  The  accreditation  was  renewed  in  October  2019 
with the next renewal date in October 2021. The Company 
also renewed its ISO certifications in 2019, with the next 
renewal due in three years. In Jordan, Biolab has received 
Joint  Commission  International  (JCI)  accreditation,  as 
well as ISO 150189, HCAC and CAP certifications in 2018. 
Branches in Sudan and Nigeria are not accredited.

IDH’s ability to keep current its certifications and accredi-
tation are supported by ongoing QA, training and internal 
audit procedures.

Cybersecurity risk
The company controls a vast amount of confidential data 
for  its  patients’  records;  to  this  end,  there  is  a  cyberse-
curity risk emerged as for both data confidentiality and 
data security.

The company has stringent control over its security and 
regularly does stress tests over its IT infrastructure and 
is  currently  commissioning  an  independent  leading 
international  service  provider  to  perform  independent 
stress tests and to diagnose its IT infrastructure controls, 
in order to ensure the confidentiality of all data.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings62

PERFORMANCE

IDH delivered a strong 
financial performance in 2020 
despite operational challenges 
in its markets

51%

Gross profit margin in 2020

44%

EBITDA margin in 2020

64

Performance  // Financial and Operational Review

Financial and 
Operational Review

Key Performance Indicators*

EGP mn

Revenues

Gross Profit

Gross Profit Margin

EBITDA**

EBITDA Margin

Net Profit

Net Profit Margin 

1Q2020

2Q2020

3Q2020

4Q2020

FY2020

FY2019

 change

500

243

49%

203

41%

102

21%

450

203

45%

164

36%

72

16%

720

384

53%

343

48%

201

28%

986

513

52%

460

47%

234

24%

2,656 

2,226 

1,343 

1,084 

51%

1,171 

44%

609 

23%

49%

945 

42%

505 

23%

19%

24%

1.9 pts

24%

1.6 pts

21%

0.3 pts

* Quarterly figures are unaudited
** EBITDA is calculated as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization.

i. Revenue and Cost Analysis

Revenue
IDH  reported  revenue  of  EGP  2,656  million  in 
2020, up 19% year-on-year (22% when excluding 
the campaign). The robust performance in 2020 
was supported by IDH’s ability to adapt its service 
offering  to  the  changing  dynamics  by  ramping 
up its house call services in Egypt and capturing 
the  rising  demand  for  Covid-19-related1  testing  
in  Egypt  and  Jordan.  Covid-19-related  testing 
contributed  24%  of  consolidated  revenue  for 
the year. Top-line growth for the year was price 
driven as a 34% year-on-year increase in average 
price per test more than offset an 11% year-on-
year decline in total tests performed.

On  a  quarterly  basis,  IDH’s  operations  during 
the  first  half  of  2020  were  weighed  down  by 
varying  degrees  of  lockdowns  and  other  mobil-
ity  restrictions  imposed  by  governments  across 
its  footprint  to  limit  the  spread  of  the  Covid-19 

virus.  This  impacted  patient  volumes  across  all 
of IDH’s markets in the months of March, April 
and May. As such, the Company’s top line in the 
first and second quarter of the year was down 8% 
year-on-year and 13% year-on-year, respectively. 
As  restrictions  were  progressively  lifted  in  the 
second  half  of  2020,  the  Company  witnessed  a 
gradual  normalisation  of  traffic  at  its  branches, 
further  supported  by  its  Covid-19-adapted  ser-
vice  offering.  This  saw  IDH  record  impressive 
year-on-year revenue growth of 23% and 71% in 
3Q 2020 and 4Q 2020, respectively. 

Revenue Analysis: Contribution by 
Patient Segment

Contract Segment
At the Group’s contract segment, revenue increased 
15%  year-on-year  in  2020  with  the  segment’s 

1 Covid-19-related tests include Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and antibody testing as well as a bundle of inflammatory and clotting markers 
such as Complete Blood Picture, Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate (ESR), D-Dimer, Ferritin and C-reactive Protein (CRP), among others.

2020 Annual Report65

contribution  to  consolidated  revenues  standing 
at  54%  for  the  year.  Revenue  growth  at  the  seg-
ment was price driven as a 31% year-on-year rise 
in average revenue per test more than offset a 12% 
year-on-year decline in tests performed. Lower test 
volumes for the year were due to Covid-19-related 
restrictions imposed across the Group’s countries 
of  operations  earlier  in  the  year,  combined  with 
the  expected  normalisation  in  contract  volumes 
following the end of the 100 Million Healthy Lives 
campaign in Egypt. The campaign had contributed 
224 thousand patients and 2.4 million tests to the 
contract  segment  during  2019.  It  is  important  to 

note that, PCR testing contributed to 14% of con-
tract revenues in 2020. 

Walk-in Segment
Revenue  from  IDH’s  walk-in  segment  recorded  a 
robust 25% year-on-year expansion in 2020, contrib-
uting to 46% of consolidated revenues for the year. 
In 2020, average revenue per test at the walk-in seg-
ment  increased  36%  year-on-year,  while  tests  per-
formed decreased by 8% versus 2019, weighed down 
by  Covid-19-related  restrictions.  Walk-in  revenue 
was supported by IDH’s PCR test offering, which in 
2020 contributed to 18% of the segment’s revenues.

Key Performance Indicators

IDH

‘000

Walk-in Segment

Contract Segment**

Total

FY20

FY19*

Change

FY20

FY19*

Change

FY20

FY19*

Change

Revenue (EGP ‘000)

1,222

974

25%

1,434

1,252

15%

2,656

2,226

19%

% of Revenue

46%

44%

54%

56%

Patients ('000)

2,288

2,332

-2%

4,825

5,149

-6%

7,113

7,481

-5%

% of Patients

32%

31%

68%

69%

Revenue per Patient (EGP)

534

418

28%

297

243

22%

373

298

25%

Tests ('000)

7,052

7,638

-8%

20,021

22,833

-12%

27,073

30,471

-11%

% of Tests

26%

25%

74%

75%

Revenue per Test (EGP)

Test per Patient

173

3.1

128

3.3

36%

-6%

72

4.1

55

4.4

31%

-6%

98

3.8

73

4.1

34%

-7%

*  In 2020, management revisited the definition of contract customers who have contractual agreements and are granted discounts above 20%, hence 
all cash paying customers with discounts equal or below 20% were reclassified as walk-in. Reclassification adjustments include the transfer of 
720 thousand tests in 2019 and associated revenue of EGP 79 million from the contract segment to walk-ins. The upper mentioned reclassification 
allows better representation of both segments.

**  Please note that contract segment includes contributions made by the 100 Million Healthy Lives campaign in Egypt, which in 2019 had contrib-

uted 224 thousand patients and 2.4 million tests to the contract segment.

^ 2019 and 2020 figures include Wayak’s results.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings66

Performance  // Financial and Operational Review

Revenue Analysis: Contribution by 
Geography

Egypt
In  Egypt  revenues  increased  14%  year-on-year 
(17%  excluding  the  campaign)  to  EGP  2,173 
million  for  2020,  with  the  country  contributing 
to  82%  of  consolidated  revenues  for  the  year. 
Revenue  growth  for  the  year  was  supported  by 
IDH’s  ramped-up  house  call  service  and  Covid-
19-related  test  offering  both  of  which  recorded 
growing demand from patients as the year pro-
gressed. As such, house call services contributed 
to 22% of Egypt’s 2020 revenue compared to just 
11%  in  the  previous  year.  Covid-19-related  test-
ing  contributed  to  around  21%  of  Egypt’s  2020 
revenues,  with  PCR  testing  for  Covid-19  alone 
making up 11% of the country’s top-line.

Egypt’s revenues were further supported by con-
tributions  from  Al-Borg  Scan  which  generated 
revenue of EGP 25 million in 2020, up 76% year-
on-year. Throughout the year, Al Borg Scan’s two 
branches  served  36  thousand  patients,  up  88% 
year-on-year, and performed nearly 46 thousand 
tests during the year, up 69% versus 2019.

IDH  served  6.3  million  patients  in  Egypt  and 
performed  24.4  million  tests,  down  by  8%  and 
12%  year-on-year,  respectively.  When  excluding 
volumes related to the 100 Million Healthy Lives 
campaign in 2019, the decline in patients served 
and test performed for 2020 narrows to 5% and 
4%  year-on-year,  respectively.  Nationwide  cur-
fews  and  lockdowns  during  the  second  quarter 
of  2020  had  contributed  to  lower  patient  and 
test  volumes  for  the  year.  However,  the  impact 
of  Covid-19-related  restrictions  was  partially 
mitigated  through  the  increased  penetration  of 
IDH’s house call service.

Earlier in the year, thanks to IDH’s strong brand 
equity  and  its  position  as  the  only  CAP-accred-
ited  diagnostics  service  provider  in  Egypt,  the 

Group had been selected by Pure-Health  UAE to 
be the first lab to conduct PCR testing to screen 
passengers  travelling  from  Egypt.  The  Group’s 
contractual agreement with Pure Health contrib-
uted EGP 62 million to Egypt’s revenues for the 
year (5% of Egypt’s contract segment revenues), 
with PCR tests for Covid-19 performed as part of 
the agreement making up 35% of total PCR tests 
performed during the year.

Jordan
In Jordan, revenue for 2020 increased 59% year-
on-year  to  EGP  409  million.  Subsequently,  the 
country’s  contribution  to  consolidated  revenue 
increase  to  reach  15.4%  in  2020  from  11.5%  in 
2019. In JOD terms, revenue increased 69% year-
on-year  in  2020  supported  by  robust  demand 
for PCR testing for Covid-19 which drove a 77% 
year-on-year and 9% year-on-year rise in patients 
served and tests performed, respectively. In 2020, 
PCR  testing  for  Covid-19  made  up  46%  of  the 
country’s top-line and contributed to 13% of total 
tests performed during the year. Jordan’s top-line 
was further bolstered by the company’s ramped 
up house call services, which in 2020 contributed 
to  12%  of  the  country’s  top-line  versus  the  4% 
contribution made in 2019.

Nigeria
At  the  Group’s  Nigerian  subsidiary,  revenue 
recorded  EGP  36  million  in  2020,  up  20%  from 
EGP 30 million in 2019. In local currency terms, 
revenues  were  up  38%  year-on-year  in  2020  on 
the  back  of  a  20%  year-on-year  expansion  in 
both patients served and tests performed for the 
year.  The  strong  rise  in  volumes  comes  as  IDH 
continues  to  capitalise  on  the  increased  brand 
awareness and demand for its services in Nigeria 
despite  the  Covid-19-related  disruptions  faced 
earlier  in  the  year  and  an  escalation  of  social 

2020 Annual Report67

unrest during the final quarter of the year. These 
included a complete lockdown and limited traf-
fic as people adhered to shelter-in-place orders. 

Sudan
The  Group’s  Sudanese  operations  recorded  a  2% 
year-on-year increase in revenue to EGP 38 million 
in 2020, impacted by the SDG devaluation, where 

the average SDG/EGP rate in 2020 was 0.29 versus 
0.36 in 2019. In SDG terms, revenue reported a 28% 
year-on-year rise in 2020 due to higher pricing as 
management kept in step with the hyperinflation-
ary environment. This helped offset a decline in vol-
umes following the imposition of Covid-19-related 
restrictive measures and the closure of the Group’s 
branches earlier in the year.

Revenue Contribution by Country 

Egypt Revenue (EGP mn)

Egypt Contribution

Jordan Revenue (EGP mn)

Jordan Revenue ( JOD mn)

Jordan Contribution

Nigeria Revenue (EGP mn)

Nigeria Revenue (NGN mn)

Nigeria Contribution

Sudan Revenue (EGP mn)

Sudan Revenue (SDG mn)

Sudan Contribution

Patients Served and Tests Performed by Country  

Egypt Patients Served (mn)

Egypt Tests Performed (mn)

Jordan Patients Served (k)

Jordan Tests Performed (mn)

Nigeria Patients Served (k)

Nigeria Tests Performed (k)

Sudan Patients Served (k)

Sudan Tests Performed (k)

Total Patients Served (mn)

Total Tests Performed (mn)

2020

2,173.4

81.8%

409.1

18.5

15.4%

36.1

897.7

1.4%

37.7

129.5

1.4%

2020

6.3

24.4

550

2.0

131

215

130

409

7.1

27.1

2019

1,902.8

85.5%

256.7

10.9

11.5%

30.1

649.9

1.4%

36.9

101.5

1.7%

2019

6.9

27.9

311

1.8

109

179

180

597

7.5

30.5

Change

14%

59%

69%

20%

38%

2%

28%

Change

-8%

-12%

77%

9%

20%

20%

-28%

-31%

-5%

-11%

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings68

Performance  // Financial and Operational Review

Branches by Country  

Egypt

Jordan

Nigeria

Sudan

Total Branches

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Change

429

20

12

20

481

399

19

13

21

452

30

1

-1

-1

29

Cost of Goods Sold  
IDH’s cost of goods sold increased 15% year-on-year to EGP 1,314 million in 2020. Strong top-line 
growth supported a 24% year-on-year expansion in gross profit to EGP 1,343 million in 2020, with 
an associated margin of 51% versus 49% in 2019.

COGS Breakdown as a Percentage of Revenue

Raw Materials

Wages & Salaries

Depreciation & Amortisation

Other Expenses

Total

2020

18.4%

14.7%

6.1%

10.3%

49.5%

2019

18.3%

17.2%

6.0%

9.8%

51.3%

Raw material costs, which include cost of special-
ized  analysis  at  other  laboratories,  reached  EGP 
488 million in 2020, making up the largest share 
of  total  consolidated  COGS  during  the  year  at 
37.1% (18.4% as a share of consolidated revenues). 
The  20%  year-on-year  increase  in  raw  material 
costs is in part attributable to a significant rise in 
raw  material  costs  recorded  at  IDH’s  Jordanian 
operations  during  4Q  2020  which  weighed  on 
consolidated margins in the final quarter of 2020 
compared  to  the  previous  quarter.  The  increase 
came  following  higher  positivity  rates  which 
require retesting before announcing to the Jorda-
nian Ministry of Health, which caused an increase 
in Jordan’s raw material as a share of revenue from 
26% in 3Q 2020 to 46% in 4Q 2020.

It is worth highlighting that in Egypt, PCR and 
Covid-19-related  tests  have  largely  the  same 

contribution  margin  as  conventional  tests. 
However, in Jordan, due to the Ministry of Health 
guidelines, PCR tests have a lower contribution 
margin. With regards to the Group’s house call 
services, tests performed through this channel 
in both Egypt and Jordan have largely the same 
contribution margin as conventional tests per-
formed at the Group’s labs.

Direct salaries and wages made up the second 
largest share of total COGS for the year at 29.7%, 
having increased just 2% year-on-year to reach 
EGP 390 million in 2020. The largely stable fig-
ure was due to higher direct salaries and wages 
in  Jordan  and  Sudan  being  largely  offset  by 
lower salaries in Nigeria following the  restruc-
turing  that  took  place  during  the  second  half 
of 2019. In 2020, the curfew periods led IDH to 
book  lower  bonuses,  incentives,  and  overtime 

2020 Annual Report69

payments, whereas in 2019 the Group recorded 
EGP 27 million in profit shares over and above 
of  the  required  10%  (profit  share  in  2019  was 
13%  while  profit  share  2020  was  10%).  Given 
the  marginal  year-on-year  increase  in  direct 
salaries and wages for 2020, and the significant 
top-line growth for the year, as a percentage of 
revenues, salaries and wages declined to 14.7% 
in 2020 versus 17.2% in 2019.

Direct  depreciation  and  amortisation  was  up 
22%  year-on-year  in  2020  to  EGP  163  million, 
largely  due  to  the  addition  of  new  equip-
ment  at  Al  Borg-Scan  and  Nigeria,  as  well  as 
the  incremental  amortisation  of  additional 
branches  (IFRS  16  right-of-use  assets).  Direct 
depreciation and amortization as a percentage 
of revenues increased only marginally to 6.1% in 
2020 from 6.0% in 2019.

EBITDA
increased  24% 
IDH’s  consolidated  EBITDA 
year-on-year  to  EGP  1,171  million  in  2020,  with 
an associated margin of 44% versus 42% in 2019. 
EBITDA  growth  was  supported  by  strong  gross 
profitability  which  offset  higher  selling,  general 
and administrative (SG&A) outlays for 2020 and a 
doubtful accounts provision of EGP 42 million to 
account for expected credit losses in accordance 
with IFRS 9 booked in the year compared to EGP 8 
million in 2019. It is worth noting that the major-
ity of said provision were booked during the first 
half of 2020 (EGP 28 million) while the second half 

Regional EBITDA in Local Currency 

of the year provisions declined to EGP 14 million 
as the Group reassessed its recoverability rate. 

In  Egypt,  EBITDA  recorded  EGP  1,041  million  in 
2020, up a robust 19% year-on-year. EBITDA mar-
gin increased to 48% in 2020 from 46% in 2019. The 
EBITDA expansion was supported by the country’s 
strong top-line growth in the second half of the year 
which offset an EGP 35 million doubtful accounts 
provision  established  in  Egypt  and  the  impact  of 
Covid-19 on Egypt’s operations earlier in the year.

IDH’s Jordanian operations recorded a 44% year-
on-year  rise  in  EBITDA  to  EGP  130  million  in 
2020 on the back of strong revenue growth for the 
year. In local currency terms, EBITDA grew 53% 
year-on-year  in  2020.  EBITDA  margin  recorded 
32% in 2020 versus 35% in the previous year.

In Nigeria, EBITDA losses narrowed significantly 
to EGP 7 million in 2020 from the negative EGP 
30  million  recorded  in  2019.  Decreased  losses 
were due to a 20% year-on-year rise in revenues 
(38%  in  NGN  terms)  and  an  18%  year-on-year 
decrease in salary expenses during the year.

Finally,  Sudan’s  EBITDA  recorded  EGP  6  million 
in 2020, down 18% year-on-year with an EBITDA 
margin of 16% compared to 20% last year. EBITDA 
for the year was weighed down by the SDG devalu-
ation.  In  SDG  terms,  EBITDA  came  in  relatively 
flat for the year at SDG 21 million as higher pricing 
offset branch closures earlier in the year.

Mn

Egypt

Jordan

Nigeria

Sudan

EGP

JOD

NGN

SDG

2020

1,041 

5.9 

(170)

21 

2019

Change

877 

3.8 

(642)

21 

19%

53%

74%

2%

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings70

Performance  // Financial and Operational Review

Interest Income / Expense
IDH recorded interest income of EGP 53 million 
in  2020,  up  22%  year-on-year.  Interest  income 
increased  due  to  higher  cash  balances  as  the 
Group postponed to September 2020 the distri-
bution  of  USD  28  million  (EGP  451  million)  in 
dividends in relation to 2019 profits.

Interest  expense  recorded  EGP  72  million  in 
2020 versus EGP 65 million in 2019. The increase 

in interest expenses is due to higher interest on 
lease  liabilities  related  to  IFRS  16.  following 
the  addition  of  new  branches.  This  offset  the 
decrease  in  interest  expenses  on  borrowings 
which  benefitted  from  the  lower  interest  rate 
environment  following  a  cumulative  400  basis 
point cut in interest rates by the Central Bank 
of Egypt since the start of 2020.

Interest Expense Breakdown

EGP Mn

Interest on Lease Liabilities (IFRS 16)

Interest Expenses on Borrowings* 

Interest Expenses on Leases

Total Interest Expense

2020

51.4

16.1

4.1

71.5

2019

35.1

20.0

9.5

64.6

Change

46%

-20%

-57%

11%

*  Related to medium-terms loans for the Al Borg Scan expansion (EGP 6.1 million) and the Group’s new headquarters in Cairo’s Smart Village (EGP 

6.3 million), in addition to EGP 3.7 million in bank charges. (interest expense hasn’t been capitalized)

Foreign Exchange
IDH  recorded  a  net  foreign  exchange  loss  of 
EGP  13  million  in  2020  compared  to  EGP  16 
million  in  2019.  The  figure  is  primarily  related 
to FX losses on the back of the SDG devaluation 
versus the EGP.

Taxation
Tax  expenses  recorded  for  the  year  were  EGP 
360  million  compared  to  EGP  254  million  in 
2019.  The  effective  tax  rate  stood  at  37%  in 
2020  versus  33%  in  2019.  There  is  no  tax  pay-
able  for  IDH’s  two  companies  at  the  holding 

Tax Expense Breakdown

EGP Mn

Egypt

Jordan

Nigeria

Sudan

Total Tax Expenses

Effective Tax Rate

level,  while  tax  was  paid  on  profits  generated 
by operating subsidiaries.

The  increase  in  IDH’s  effective  tax  rate  to  37% 
compared  to  33%  in  2019  is  attributable  to 
the  decision  by  the  Egyptian  Government  in 
September  2020  to  increase  the  Withholding 
Tax  on  profit  distribution  from  5%  for  owner-
ship  exceeding  25%  to  10%  (irrespective  of  the 
ownership stake). It should be highlighted that 
previously  IDH  used  to  incur  a  5%  WHT  as  its 
ownership in the subsidiaries exceeded 25%.

2020

     340.2 

19.5 

(0.8) 

      0.8 

       360 

37%

2019

     244.8 

10.8 

(2.4) 

      0.4 

       254 

33%

Change

39%

80%

-66%

90%

42%

3.7 pts

2020 Annual Report71

Net Profit
IDH’s  consolidated  net  profit  was  EGP  609  mil-
lion  in  2020,  up  21%  year-on-year  supported  by 
strong revenue growth for the year combined with 

the Group’s cost management efforts and higher 
interest  income  for  the  year.  Net  profit  margin 
stood at 23% in 2020 up unchanged from 2019. 

ii. Balance Sheet Analysis

Assets

Property, Plant and Equipment
IDH  held  gross  property,  plant  and  equipment 
(PPE)  of  EGP  1,261  million  as  of  year-end  2020, 
up from the EGP 1,140 million as of 31 December 
2019.  CAPEX  outlays  represented  around  5%  of 
consolidated revenues in 2020.

During  2020,  the  average  CAPEX  of  a  new  C 
branch (collection points) in Egypt ranged from 
EGP 750 thousand to EGP 1.2 million.

Accounts Receivable and Provisions
As  at  31  December  2020,  accounts  receivables’ 
Days  on  Hand  (DOH)  reached  144  days  com-
pared  to  129  days  at  year-end  2019.  Accounts 
receivables’  DOH  is  calculated  based  on  credit 
revenues amounting to EGP 827 million in 2020. 
The increase is mainly related to the PCR testing 
for  Covid-19  balance  (as  part  of  the  agreement 
with  Pure  Health),  which  represented  around 
10%  of  total  receivables  in  2020  at  EGP  34  mil-
lion. On gross receivables, DoH in 2020 were 171 
days compared to 149 days in 2019.

Provision for doubtful accounts established dur-
ing 2020 amounted to EGP 42 million compared 
to  only  EGP  8  million  in  2019.  The  increase  is 

EGP thousand

Cash

mainly  related  to  the  expected  credit  losses  in 
accordance  with  IFRS  9  of  government/semi-
government entities in Egypt. It should be noted 
that  the  provisions  established  in  Egypt  repre-
sented  around  90%  of  consolidated  provisions 
established during the year.

Inventory
As  at  31  December  2020,  the  Group’s  inventory 
balance reached EGP 100 million, up from EGP 
84  million  as  at  year-end  2019.  Days  Inventory 
Outstanding  (DIO)  decreased  to  72  days  as  at 
year-end  2020  from  82  days  as  at  31  December 
2019.  The  decline  is  largely  attributable  to  a 
decrease  in  Jordan’s  DIO  due  to  the  high  PCR 
testing for Covid-19 turnover.

Cash and Net Debt/Cash
IDH’s  cash  balances  increased  to  EGP  877 
million  as  at  31  December  2020  compared  to 
EGP  631  million  as  at  31  December  2019.  The 
increase comes despite the distribution of EGP 
451  million  in  dividends  for  2019  paid  in  Sep-
tember 2020. It should be noted that cash bal-
ances include cash on hand, current accounts, 
time deposits and treasury bills.

2020

2019

        876,755 

        630,509 

Interest Bearing Debt (“Medium Term Loans”)

          96,455 

        111,752 

Lease Liabilities Property

        389,920 

        269,401 

Lease Liabilities Equipment

          69,122 

          68,671 

Net Cash Balance

        321,258 

180,932 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings72

Performance  // Financial and Operational Review

Net cash balance1  amounted to EGP 321 million 
as at year-end 2020, an increase of 78% compared 
to EGP 181 million as at 31 December 2019.

Biolab’s  put  option  liability  increased  following 
the  subsidiary’s  EBITDA  year-on-year  growth  of 
44% in EGP terms. 

As  at  year-end  2020,  the  Group  had  two  out-
standing loan balances:
•  An EGP 38.6 million facility from Commercial 
International  Bank  (CIB)  used  to  finance 
IDH’s headquarters in Cairo and will be fully 
repaid in 2022;

•  An  EGP  54.3  million  loan  from  Ahly  United 
Bank  (AUB)  used  to  finance  the  first  two 
branches  of  IDH’s  new  radiology  venture  in 
Egypt. The total facility amounts to a total of 
EGP 130.5 million, from which EGP 54.3 mil-
lion was used to finance the radiology venture. 
The loan will be fully repaid in 2026;

•  The interest rate on both loans is 1% above the 
Central  Bank  of  Egypt’s  borrowing  corridor 
rate (currently at 9.25%).

Liabilities

Accounts Payable 
As  at  31  December  2020,  accounts  payable  bal-
ance stood at EGP 178 million up from EGP 145 
million  as  at  year-end  2019.  The  Group’s  days 
payable  outstanding  (DPO)  is  127  days  com-
pared to 141 days as at 31 December 2019, with 
the  decrease  mainly  related  to  PCR  testing  kit 
suppliers who are paid within a period of 15 days.

Put Option
The put option “short-term” liability is related to 
the  option  granted  to  Dr.  Amid;  Biolab  CEO,  to 
sell  his  stake  (40%)  to  IDH.  The  put  option  is  in 
the money and exercisable since 2016 and is cal-
culated as 7 times LTM EBITDA minus net debt. 

The put option “long-term” liability is related to 
the option granted to the International Finance 
Corporation  from  Dynasty  –  shareholders  in 
Echo Lab – and it is exercisable in 2024.

iii. Cash Flow Analysis
Net cash flow from operating activities recorded 
EGP  926  million  in  2020  compared  to  EGP  697 
million  in  2019,  demonstrating  the  company’s 
strong  cash  generation  ability  despite  the  chal-
lenging operating environment. 

iv. Dividend
The Board of Directors is recommending a final 
dividend of US$ 0.049 per share, or US$ 29.1 mil-
lion  in  aggregate,  to  shareholders  in  respect  of 
the financial year ended 31 December 2020. This 
represents an increase of 4% compared to a final 
dividend  of  US$  28  million  in  aggregate  in  the 
previous financial year. 

The Board of Directors 
is recommending a final 
dividend of US$ 0.049 per 
share, or US$ 29.1 million in 
aggregate, to shareholders in 
respect of the financial year 
ended 31 December 2020

1  Net cash is calculated as cash and cash equivalent balances less interest-bearing debt (medium term loans) and finance lease.

2020 Annual Report 
73

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings74

Performance  // Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate Social 
Responsibility

IDH views corporate 
responsibility initiatives 
as an extension of its 
core purpose, with the 
aim of improving the 
communities in which it 
does business

Founded on the principle of providing quality 
medical  assistance  and  services  to  better  the 
lives of individuals and the community at large, 
IDH  views  corporate  responsibility  initiatives 
as  an  extension  of  its  core  purpose,  with  the 
aim of improving the communities in which it 
does business. 

IDH commits up to 1% of the net after-tax profit 
of the subsidiaries Al Borg and Al Mokhtabar to 
the  Moamena  Kamel  Foundation  for  Training 
and Skill Development, which in 2020 amounted 
to EGP 6.5 million compared with EGP 5.3 million 
in 2019. The Foundation was established in 2006 
by Dr. Moamena Kamel, a Professor of Pathology 
at  Cairo  University,  founder  of  IDH  subsidiary 
Al-Mokhtabar Labs, and mother of the CEO, Dr. 
Hend El Sherbini. 

2020 Annual Report75

The  Foundation  allocates  sums  received  from 
IDH  to  organisations  and  groups  in  need  of 
assistance,  with  a  particular  focus  on  making  a 
difference  in  the  lives  of  residents  of  Cairo’s  Al 
Duweiqa  community  along  with  several  other 
villages across Egypt. The Foundation deploys an 
integrated program and vision for the communi-
ties  it  helps  that  include  economic,  social  and 
healthcare development initiatives. 
The Foundation’s primary services include: 
•  Free healthcare clinics 
•  Loans for entrepreneurial women 
•  Educational  services  for  the  children  of  Al 

Duweiqa community 

IDH  has  also  been  expanding  the  reach  of  its 
Corporate  Responsibility  initiatives  in  recent 
years to include: 
•  Additional  services  to  Kasr  El  Aini  Hospital 
that include providing medical supplies to the 
ICU  and  other  units;  monthly  incentives  for 
nurses in the ICU; and 12-20 hospital beds 
•  Financial  and  in-kind  support  to  El  Manial 

Hospital 

•  Financial and in-kind support to the Egyptian 

people during natural disasters 

•  Ramadan  Iftar  ( feast)  meals  to  underprivi-
leged  Egyptians  during  the  holy  month  of 
Ramadan 

•  Providing  food  for  families  in  need  of  such 

•  Free  medical  tests  to  underprivileged  Egyp-

assistance 

tian children 

•  Coverage  of  running  costs  for  the  ICU  at 
Cairo’s public-sector Kasr El Aini Hospital 

•  Sponsorship of medical convoys to the city of 

Fayoum

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings76

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE
Striving for best industry 
practices in governance to build 
a profitable and sustainable 
business as well as safeguarding 
shareholder interests

78

Corporate Governance // Board of Directors

Board of Directors

IDH’s Board of Directors is comprised of four independent members, one non-executive 
member and one executive director, all of whom offer significant experience in the 
healthcare market, MENA region and investment activities.

Lord St John of Blesto  

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini 

Hussein Choucri  

(Age 63)

(Age 52)

(Age 70)

Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman

Group Chief Executive 
Officer

process. 

Dr. El Sherbini is a professor of 
clinical  pathology  at  the  Fac-
ulty of Medicine, Cairo Univer-
sity  and  currently  sits  on  the 
board  of  American  Society  of 
Clinical Pathology (Egypt) and 
consults  on  the  international 
certification 
She 
received  her  MBBCh,  Masters 
in  Clinical  and  Chemical 
pathology,  PhD  in  Immunol-
ogy from Cairo University, and 
MBA  from  London  Business 
School.  Dr.  El  Sherbini  served 
as CEO of Al Mokhtabar since 
2004,  until  becoming  CEO  of 
the Group in 2012.

Lord St John has been a member 
of the House of Lords of the U.K. 
Parliament since 1978. He serves 
on  the  boards  of  several  listed 
and  unlisted  companies  includ-
ing  Yellow  Cake  plc,  Smithson 
Investment  Trust  plc,  Strand 
Hanson  Ltd,  Tyvak  Orbital  Net-
works  Ltd,  KNeoWorld  UK  Ltd, 
Geobear,  Falcon  Group,  Empati, 
and  African  Business  Solutions 
Limited.  He  also  holds  advisory 
roles  with  BetWay  Limited, 
ECO  Capacity  Exchange,  and 
Wet  Holdings  (Global)  Limited. 
Lord  St  John  has  an  interest  in 
the  charitable  sector  and  serves 
as  a  trustee  to  several  charities 
focused on wildlife conservation, 
poverty reduction, education and 
healthcare. Lord St John received 
a BA and a BSocSc in Psychology 
from  Cape  Town  University,  a 
BProc in Law from the University 
of South Africa and an LLM from 
the London School of Economics.

Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee

Mr.  Choucri 
is  Chairman 
and  Managing  Director  of 
HC  Securities  &  Investment, 
which  he  established  in  May 
1996.  He  currently  sits  on  the 
boards  of  EDITA  Food  Indus-
tries  S.A.E  and  SODIC  (Sixth 
of  October  Development  & 
Investment Company), as well 
as  the  Egyptian  British  Busi-
ness Council and the Egyptian 
Greek  Business  Council.  Mr. 
Choucri served as a Managing 
Director  of  Morgan  Stanley 
from  1987  to  1993  and  served 
as  Advisory  Director  at  Mor-
gan  Stanley  from  1993-2007. 
He  received  his  Management 
Diploma  from  the  American 
University in Cairo in 1978.

2020 Annual Report79

James Patrick Nolan  

Dan Olsson  

Richard Henry Phillips  

(Age 61)

(Age 55)

(Age 56)

Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Mr.  Olsson  has  long  and  exten-
sive  international  experience  in 
the  diagnostic  and  healthcare 
services  sector,  where  he  has 
served  in  a  range  of  executive 
positions. Among others as head 
of  diagnostics  in  the  pan-Euro-
pean  healthcare  group  Capio, 
CEO of Unilabs, a pan-European 
diagnostic  provider,  CEO  of 
Helsa,  a  Swedish  healthcare 
group  as  well  as  CEO  of  Team 
Olivia  Group,  a  Nordic  care 
services  group.  Mr.  Olsson  has 
worked in the healthcare sector 
since  1999.  Mr.  Olsson  studied 
economics  at  the  University  of 
Lund in Sweden.

Non-Executive Director

is  a 

founding 
Mr.  Phillips 
partner  of  Actis  LLP,  the 
emerging  markets  private 
equity  group.  As  Actis  LLP  is 
one  of  the  Company’s  major 
shareholders,  Mr.  Phillips  is 
not  considered  by  the  Board 
as  being  independent.  He  is 
the Head of Private Equity for 
Actis  and  is  a  member  of  the 
Actis  Investment  Committee. 
Mr.  Phillips  is  a  director  on 
the board of a number of com-
panies 
including  Emerging 
Markets  Knowledge  Holdings 
(Mauritius) Limited, Les Labo-
ratories Medis SA, and others. 
Mr.  Phillips  holds  a  degree  in 
Economics  from  the  Univer-
sity of Exeter.

Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the 
Audit Committee

Mr.  Nolan  is  an  Independent 
Director.  He  recently  joined 
Intertrust  as  Head  of  Strategy 
and  Mergers  &  Acquisitions. 
Prior to that he spent 15 years 
with  Royal  Philips  NV,  latterly 
as Head of Mergers & Acquisi-
tions,  and  has  also  served  as 
Head  of  Mergers  &  Acquisi-
tions  at  Veon  Inc.,  a  major 
mobile  telecoms  operator  in 
Emerging Markets. During his 
time at Philips, he led a series 
of  acquisitions  in  diagnostic 
imaging,  an  area  in  which 
Philips is now a global leader. 
He  has  extensive  quoted-
company  board  experience 
having served on the boards of 
M*Modal Inc., Navteq Inc and 
SHL  Telemedicine  Ltd.  Mr. 
Nolan  graduated  from  Oxford 
University  in  Law  in  1983  and 
is a qualified barrister in Eng-
land and Wales. He also holds 
an MBA from INSEAD.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings80

Corporate Governance // Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance 
Report

Your Board of Directors (“the Board”) is respon-
sible  for  providing  strong  leadership  and  effec-
tive decision making, safeguarding in the process 
the  interests  of  all  shareholders  of  Integrated 
Diagnostics  Holdings.  Under  my  chairmanship, 
the  Board  has  maintained  an  unwavering  com-
mitment  to  provide  oversight  and  guidance  to 
senior  management  as  the  Group  continues  to 
execute its regional growth strategy.  

IDH  has  a  standard  listing  on  the  London  Stock 
Exchange  and  is  thus  not  required  to  comply 
with the requirements of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance  Code  (“the  Code”)  as  issued  by  the 
Financial  Reporting  Council,  nor  does  IDH  vol-
untarily comply with the Code. That said, it is the 
view of your Board that we continue our path of 
improving  our  corporate  governance  structure. 
We strongly believe that the gradual adoption of 
best  industry  practices  in  governance  will  assist 
us  in  building  a  profitable  and  sustainable  busi-
ness as well as safeguarding shareholder interests.

We  are  compliant  with  Financial  Conduct 
Authority  Disclosure  Guidance  and  Transpar-
ency  Rules  (DTR)  subchapters  7.1  and  7.2, 
which set out certain mandatory disclosures: 7.1 
concerns audit committees and bodies carrying 
out equivalent functions; 7.2 concerns corporate 
governance  standards  that  are  included  in  the 
Directors  Report  or,  in  this  case,  as  part  of  the 
Strategic Review (DTR 7.2.1). 

To that end, we have an Audit Committee as well 
as  Remuneration  and  Nomination  Committees. 
The Board may establish additional committees 

as  appropriate  going  forward.  This  Annual 
Report includes reports from both the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees. 

Your Board aims to work towards implementing 
best  practices  in  corporate  governance,  calling 
on both the expertise of individual Directors as 
well  as  that  of  outside  parties,  including  legal 
counsel and global professional services firms.

Functioning of the Board
We met six times as a Board during the course of 
2020 and have invested significant time discuss-
ing and evaluating the Group’s strategy and pros-
pects for future growth, the outcome of which is 
presented  in  our  statement  of  strategy  on  page 
50.  We  are  confident  that  we  have  in  place  the 
right strategy and the right management team to 
deliver shareholder returns going forward.

Composition of the Board
Under  its  Articles  of  Association,  the  Group 
must  have  a  minimum  of  two  Directors.  While 
there  is  no  maximum  number  of  Directors,  the 
Board  presently  includes  six  Board  members 
and  has  no  intention  at  present  of  appointing 
additional members. Notably, Directors have no 
share qualification, meaning they do not need to 
be shareholders of the Group in order to serve. 

I  am  pleased  to  report  that  we  have  four  Inde-
pendent  Non-Executive  Directors.  Together, 
the Directors offer IDH a world standard mix of 
expertise in areas including strategy, finance and 
medical diagnostics — as well as diverse experi-
ence in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. We 

2020 Annual Report 
81

6

Board meetings in 2020

have relevant commercial and technical experi-
ence  to  help  direct  the  Group  as  it  delivers  on 
its  strategy  in  a  very  technical  field  and  across 
rapidly changing geographies.

Your Board in 2020 and their biographies are set 
out on pages 78 and 79 of this Annual Report and 
are summarised in the following table.

Board of Directors of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings Plc

Name

Position (Date of Appointment)

Lord St John of Bletso

Independent Non-Executive Chairman (12 January 2015)

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini

Group Chief Executive Officer (23 December 2014)

Hussein Choucri

James Patrick Nolan

Dan Olsson

Independent Non-Executive Director (12 January 2015)

Independent Non-Executive Director (8 April 2015)

Independent Non-Executive Director (12 January 2015)

Richard Henry Phillips

Non-Executive Director (23 December 2014)

Leadership 
We  continue  to  operate  on  the  basis  of  a  clear 
division  of  responsibilities  between  the  role  of 
the Chairman and that of the Group Chief Execu-
tive. This segregation of roles was agreed at the 
Board meeting held 12 January 2015. The Board 
continues to believe that this segregation of roles 
remains  appropriate,  taking  into  account  the 
size and structure of the Group. 

As Chairman, I ensure the Board is effective in the 
execution of all aspects of its role. The Group Chief 
Executive  Officer,  meanwhile,  is  responsible  for 
managing the day-to-day running of the business. 
In this, she is supported by a senior management 
team. The Group Chief Executive and I have a good 
working relationship and discuss matters of Group 
strategy and performance on a regular basis. 

We also work together to ensure that Board meet-
ings cover relevant matters, including a quarterly 
review of financial and operational performance 
(including  key  performance  indicators),  and  in 
partnership  with  the  Group  Secretary  ensure 
that all Directors:
•  are kept advised of key developments;
•  receive accurate, timely and clear information 
upon  which  to  call  in  the  execution  of  their 
duties; and

•  actively  participate  in  the  decision-making 

process.

Agendas for meetings of the Board are reviewed 
and  agreed  in  advance  to  ensure  each  Board 
meeting  is  efficiently  run,  allowing  all  Direc-
tors  to  openly  and  constructively  challenge  the 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings82

Corporate Governance // Corporate Governance Report

proposals  made  by  the  Group’s  senior  manage-
ment. I am pleased to report that throughout the 
year, each Director has properly exercised those 
powers with which they have been vested by the 
Group’s Articles of Association and relevant laws.

The Board operates under a Schedule of Matters 
Reserved,  the  details  of  which  are  unchanged 
since our last Annual Report. Matters reserved to 
the Board means any decision that may affect the 
overall  direction,  supervision  and  management 
of the Group, including, but not limited to:
•  approving annually a strategic plan and objec-
tives for the following year for the Group;

•  approving  any  decision  to  cease  to  operate 
all  or  any  material  part  of  the  Group’s  busi-
ness  or  to  enter  into  any  new  business  or 
geographic areas;

•  monitoring  the  delivery  of  the  Group’s  strat-
egy, objectives, business plan and budget;
•  adopting  or  amending  the  Group’s  business 

plan or annual budget;

•  approving the Group’s annual report  and ac-
counts  and  half-yearly  financial  statements 
and/or  any  change  in  the  accounting  prin-
ciples  or  tax  policies  of  any  member  of  the 
IDH  group  and/or  any  change  in  the  end  of 
the  financial  year  of  any  member  of  the  IDH 
group except as contemplated by the business 
plan or annual budget, as required by law or to 
comply with a new accounting standard;

•  any  member  of  the  IDH  group  declaring  or 

paying any dividend or distribution; 

•  approving  the  issue  of  all  circulars,  prospec-
tuses, listing particulars and general meeting 
notices to shareholders of the Group;

Board Meetings During 2020
Your Board of Directors held six meetings in 2020:

•  ensuring  the  Group  has  effective  systems 
of  internal  control  and  risk  management  in 
place  by  (i)  approving  the  Group’s  risk  appe-
tite statements and (ii) approving policies and 
procedures for the detection of fraud, the pre-
vention of bribery and other areas considered 
by the Board to be material;

•  undertaking an annual review of the effective-
ness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and 
internal control and reporting on that review 
in  the  Group’s  annual  report.  The  review 
should cover all controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls and risk 
management; 

•  carrying out a robust assessment of the prin-
cipal  risks  facing  the  Group,  including  those 
that threaten its business, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity and to report on such as-
sessment in the Group’s annual report; and
•  reviewing  the  Group’s  overall  corporate  gov-
ernance  arrangements  and  approving  any 
changes thereto.

Apart  from  these  Reserved  matters,  the  Board 
delegates specific items to its principal commit-
tees,  namely  the  committees  on  Audit,  Remu-
neration  and  Nomination.  Each  Committee  is 
authorised  to  seek  any  information  it  requires 
from senior management.

Below are brief recaps on each of these commit-
tees. Reports from the Chairmen of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees appear starting pages 
88 and 92 of this Annual Report, respectively.

Name

25 March 2020

27 April 2020

1 June 2020

1 September 2020

18 November 2020

30 November 2020

Position (Date of Appointment)

London (majority of attendees attended by teleconference) 

London (majority of attendees attended by teleconference) 

London (majority of attendees attended by teleconference) 

London (majority of attendees attended by teleconference) 

London (majority of attendees attended by teleconference) 

London (majority of attendees attended by teleconference) 

2020 Annual Report83

The  following  standing  items  are  considered  at 
each meeting:
•  determines  that  notice  was  given  and  that  a 
quorum for the meeting has been obtained;
•  hears  declarations  of  interest  and  considers 

any conflicts of interest that may arise; 
•  establishes the purpose of the meeting; and
•  reviews and approves minutes of the previous 

meeting of the Board.

All meetings of the Board and its Committees are 
minuted by the Group Secretary or a designated 
alternate.  Any  concerns  raised  by  Directors  are 
clearly  recorded  in  the  minutes  of  each  meet-
ing.  I  review  Board  minutes  in  my  capacity  as 
Chairman before these minutes are circulated to 
all  Directors  in  attendance  and  then  tabled  for 
approval at the next meeting, at which time any 
necessary amendments are made.

Details  of  our  Directors’  attendance  at  Board  and 
Committee meetings are shown in the table on page 
84. In the event that any Director is unable to attend 
a meeting of the Board or Committee of which they 
are  a  member,  he  or  she  receives  the  necessary 
papers, including agendas, meeting outcomes and 
any  documents  presented  for  review  or  informa-
tion. Furthermore, I endeavour to discuss with them 
in advance of the meeting to obtain their views and 
decisions on the proposals to be considered.

Effectiveness 
Having spent considerable time in both formal meet-
ings and in learning about the skills of our Directors 
one on one — and drawing on my past experience 
as a Director — I am confident that the Board has 
the skills, talent and industry knowledge it needs to 
effectively deliver the Group’s agreed strategy. 

It  is  my  considered  judgement  that  the  Board 
receives  from  senior  management  sufficiently 
detailed  budgets,  forecasts,  strategy  proposals, 
reviews  of  the  Group’s  financial  position  and 
operating performance, and annual and half yearly 
reports  to  ensure  that  it  may  be  effective.  This 
enables  us  to  effectively  ask  questions  of  senior 
management  and  to  hold  discussions  on  the 
Group’s strategy and performance. In 2020, senior 
management delivered regular reports to the Board 
ahead of regularly scheduled Board meetings.

The  Group  has  obtained  customary  directors’ 
and  officers’  indemnity  insurance  covering  the 
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors.

Overview of the Nomination 
Committee
The Nomination Committee assists the Board in 
reviewing  the  structure,  size  and  composition 
of the Board. It is also responsible for reviewing 
succession  plans  for  the  Directors,  including 
the  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  and  other 
senior management. 

Your Board aims to work 
towards implementing 
best practices in corporate 
governance, calling on both 
the expertise of individual 
Directors as well as that of 
outside parties, including 
legal counsel and global 
professional services firms

I note in this instance that all members of the Nomination Committee are Non-Executive Directors

Name

Position

Lord St John of Bletso

Chairman of the Committee

Hussein Choucri

Dan Olsson

Committee Member

Committee Member

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings84

Corporate Governance // Corporate Governance Report

Overview of the Remuneration 
Committee
The  Remuneration  Committee  recommends 
the  Group’s  policy  on  executive  remuneration 
determines  the  levels  of  remuneration  for 

Executive  Directors  and  the  Chairman  and 
other  senior  management  and  prepares  an 
annual remuneration report.

The full report of the Remuneration Committee for 2020 appears starting on page 92 of this Annual Report.

Name

Position

Hussein Choucri

James Patrick Nolan

Dan Olsson

Chairman of the Committee

Committee Member

Committee Member

Overview of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s role is to assist the Board 
with the discharge of its responsibilities in relation 
to  financial  reporting,  including:  reviewing  the 
Group’s annual and half-year financial statements 
and accounting policies and internal and external 
audits and controls; reviewing and monitoring the 
independence and scope of the annual audit and 
the  extent  of  the  non-audit  work  undertaken  by 
external auditors; advising on the appointment of 
external auditors; and reviewing the effectiveness 

of  the  internal  audit,  internal  controls,  whistle-
blowing  and  fraud  systems  in  place  within  the 
Group.  The  Audit  Committee  will  meet  not  less 
than three times a year.

The Audit Committee comprises three Independent 
Non-Executive  Directors  who  hold  the  necessary 
competence in accounting and /or auditing, recent 
financial experience and have competence relevant 
to the sector in which the Group is operating. 

The full report of the Audit Committee for 2020 appears starting on page 88 of this Annual Report.

Name

Position

James Patrick Nolan

Chairman of the Committee

Hussein Choucri

Dan Olsson

Committee Member

Committee Member

Table of Director Attendance at 2020 Meetings

Name

Board

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination

Number of Meetings

Directors:

Lord St John of Bletso

Prof. Dr. Hend El Sherbini

Hussein Choucri

James Patrick Nolan

Dan Olsson

Richard Henry Phillips

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

4

-

-

3

4

4

-

1

-

-

1

1

1

-

0

-

-

-

-

-

-

2020 Annual Report85

Internal Control and Risk 
Management
Given the business and geographies in which the 
Group operates, I believe as Chairman that risk 
mitigation  will  be  key  not  just  to  the  creation 
and preservation of shareholder value, but in the 
Group’s  growth  going  forward.  The  Company’s 
risk  matrix,  outlined  on  pages  52-61,  is  suffi-
ciently vital that it must be owned equally by the 
management team and members of the Board. 

Our  view  as  a  Board  is  that  the  Group  must  be 
proactive  on  risk  in  order  to  meet  shareholder 
expectations, and I have advised that I expect the 
IDH management team to be ahead of the curve 
in this area. You may expect risk and its mitiga-
tion will be a theme to which your Board returns 
repeatedly in 2021, as we did in 2020. 

The  Board  has  ultimate  responsibility  for  the 
Group’s internal controls; however, they have del-
egated oversight of the Group’s system of internal 
controls to the Audit Committee so as to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and the interests of share-
holders.  The  Audit  Committee  thus  reviews  the 
effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  internal  controls  on 
an ongoing basis to ensure the keeping of proper 
accounting  records,  safeguarding  the  assets  of 
the Group and detecting fraud and other irregu-
larities. The Audit Committee reports back to the 
Board with their findings and recommendations. 

The  Board  has  accordingly  established  that  the 
Group has in place internal controls to manage 
risk including:
•  the  identification  and  management  of  risk 
at  the  level  of  operating  departments  by  the 
heads of those departments; and

•  regular  Board  level  discussion  of  the  major 
business  risks  of  the  Group,  together  with 
measures being taken to contain and mitigate 
those risks.

The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties and 
mitigation for them are set out on pages 52-61 of 
this Annual Report.

Your Board has furthermore put in place a con-
trol framework at the Group level that applies to 
all subsidiaries, including:
•  Board  approval  of  the  overall  Group  budget 

and strategic plans;

•  a  clear  organisational  structure  delineating 
lines of responsibility, authorities and report-
ing requirements;

•  defined expenditure authorisation levels;
•  a  regular  process  for  operational  reviews  at 
the  senior  management  level  on  a  weekly, 
monthly  and  quarterly  basis  covering  all  as-
pects of the business;

•  a  strategic  planning  process  that  defines  the 
key  steps  senior  management  must  take  to 
deliver on the Group’s long-term strategy;
•  a comprehensive system of financial reporting 
including  weekly  flash  reports  to  manage-
ment,  monthly  reporting  to  management 
and an annual budget process involving both 
senior management and the Board; the Board 
received reports on a quarterly basis in 2020. 
•  as part of the reporting process in 2020, manage-
ment reviewed monthly and year-to-date actual 
results  against  prior  year,  against  budget  and 
against forecast; these reports were circulated to 
the Board; any significant changes and adverse 
variances are reviewed by the Group Chief Exec-
utive and by senior management and remedial 
action is taken where appropriate.

Investor Relations
Engagement with shareholders continues to be 
a key function at both the senior management 
and  the  Board  level.  Our  investor  relations 
function held numerous meetings with current 
and potential investors during the course of the 
year. Management met with investors at several 
investor  conferences  during  2020,  including 
three  in-person  conferences  prior  to  Covid-19 
in  Egypt,  Morocco  and  South  Arica  as  well  as 
four  virtual  conferences;  and  handled  queries, 
whether  delivered  verbally  or  in  writing,  from 
more than 100 investors.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings86

Corporate Governance // Corporate Governance Report

2020 Annual Report

We will continue throughout 
2021 to grow our investor 
relations program to ensure 
that our shareholders 
and stakeholders remain 
informed of the Group’s 
strategy and ongoing 
financial and business 
performance

We  published  both  half-  and  full-year  results  and 
further  released  trading  updates  on  performance 
at  the  three-  and  nine-month  periods.  We  intend 
to continue publishing trading updates at the first- 
and third-quarter marks in 2021, while simultane-
ously meeting the minimum regulatory disclosure 
as required of a UK Standard listed entity. 

The  Board  communicates  with  shareholders 
through  public  announcements  disseminated 
via  the  London  Stock  Exchange,  analyst  brief-
ings,  roadshows  and  press  interviews.  Copies 
of  public  announcements  and  financial  results 
are published on the Group’s website, along with 
a  number  of  other  investor  relations  tools.  It  is 
worth highlighting that the Group launched new 
corporate and investor relations websites in 2018, 
offering  more  comprehensive  and  better  struc-
tured information on the Group along with addi-
tional shareholder tools and a richer interface. 

IDH  also  retained  the  services  of  outside  con-
sultants  to  help  enhance  its  public  relations 
outfit  Hudson  Sandler  in  London  to  advise  the 
company, increase media traction and widen our 
audience  as  well  as  organize  results  meetings 
to  better  communicate  IDH’s  on-the-ground 

performance.  Hudson  Sandler  are  working  in 
partnership  with  IDH’s  Cairo-based  investor 
relations advisors Inktank Communications.

The  Board  receives  regular  updates  from  the 
senior management team on the views of major 
shareholders  and  on  milestones  in  the  investor 
relations program. We will continue throughout 
2021  to  grow  our  investor  relations  program  to 
ensure  that  our  shareholders  and  stakeholders 
remain  informed  of  the  Group’s  strategy  and 
ongoing financial and business performance.

Annual Reporting and Annual General 
Meeting of Shareholders
We typically publish our Annual Report in March 
in respect of the prior year ended 31 December. 
Where possible we follow corporate governance 
best  practice  to  send  a  Notice  of  Meeting  of  an 
Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  and  related 
papers to shareholders at least 20 working days 
prior to the meeting. 

The  Group’s  sixth  Annual  General  Meeting  as  a 
listed  company  will  be  held  at  IDH’s  headquar-
ters, Building B216-F7, Smart Village, Giza, Egypt 
on 23 June 2021.  

Annual Report 2020

Integrated Diagnostics Holdings

87

Due  to  the  ongoing  restrictions  and  safety 
concerns  as  a  result  of  the  Covid-19  pandemic, 
the  AGM  will  be  run  as  a  closed  meeting  with 
Shareholders  unable  to  attend  the  meeting  in 
person.  The  Board  remains  keen  to  encourage 
engagement with Shareholders. To that end, the 
Directors  would  like  to  invite  questions  from 
Shareholders in advance of and during the AGM. 
Should Shareholders wish to submit questions to 
the Board prior to the deadline for proxy voting 
they  can  do  so,  and  these  will  be  responded  to 
on an individual basis. In addition, the Board will 
offer  shareholders  the  opportunity  to  dial  into 
the  AGM,  at  which  time  they  can  also  submit 
questions to the Board.

Details of the AGM are included in the Notice of 
Meeting  that  accompanies  this  Annual  Report 
and which is available on our website.

At the AGM, all of the Group’s Directors will retire 
and submit themselves for re-election. 

The  outcome  of  the  voting  at  the  AGM  will  be 
announced by way of a London Stock Exchange 
announcement and full details will be published 
on the Group’s website shortly after the AGM.

Limitations of this Report
As  I  noted  earlier,  the  Group  is  not  bound  to 
adhere to the requirements of the 2018 UK  Cor-
porate Governance Code. Nevertheless, we have 
endeavoured  to  ensure  that  this  Annual  Report 
is, as a whole, fair, balanced and understandable.

In formulating this Annual Report, we have called 
on  the  Group  Chief  Executive  and  her  senior 
management staff to provide us with clear docu-
mentary  evidence  of  the  Group’s  performance 
and policies for 2020. The Audit Committee has 
confirmed  to  us  that  the  financial  statements 
as contained in the 2020 Annual Report are true 
and fair and that the work of the external auditor 
has been accurate and effective.

Lord St John of Bletso
Chairman
17 May 2021

88

Corporate Governance // Audit Committee Report

Audit Committee 
Report

James Nolan 
Chairman, Audit Committee

The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  over-
seeing  IDH’s  internal  financial  reporting  and 
ensuring  the  integrity  of  the  Group’s  financial 
statements. The Committee is also responsible 
for reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness 
of the Group’s risk management processes and 
internal  controls,  as  well  as  for  ensuring  that 
audit processes are robust.

At the date of this report, the Audit Committee 
comprises three Non-Executive Directors, all of 
whom are considered independent. In addition 
to  myself,  the  members  are  Dan  Olsson  and 
Hussein Choucri.

2020 marked my sixth year as Chairman of the 
Audit  Committee,  having  been  appointed  to 
that role owing to my relevant financial expe-
rience as required by the Code. I have served 
on  the  audit  committees  of  three  publicly 
quoted  companies  in  the  past.  I  have  held 
the  positions  of  Global  Head  of  Mergers  & 
Acquisitions  both  at  Veon  and  at  Royal  Phil-
ips. I hold an MBA from INSEAD and studied 
law  at  university.  The  other  members  of  the 
Committee  have  a  broad  range  of  appropri-
ate  skills  and  experience  covering  financial 
and  healthcare  industry  matters  and  their 
biographies are summarised on pages 78 and 
79.  I  am  very  grateful  for  their  valuable  con-
tributions  and  am  happy  that  we  work  well 
together as a team.

During  2020,  the  Audit  Committee  convened 
four  times.  We  provided  governance  of  exter-
nal  financial  reporting,  risk  management  and 

2020 Annual Report89

internal  controls  and  reported  our  findings 
and  recommendations  to  the  Board.  Outside 
of  scheduled  committee  meetings,  the  Audit 
Committee  also  communicated  throughout 
2020  on  an  as-needed  basis  with  the  Group 
Chief  Financial  Officer  and  with  KPMG  as  our 
external auditors.

The audit partner and audit manager from the 
Group’s  external  auditor,  KPMG,  are  invited  to 
attend meetings of the Committee on a regular 
basis.  During  2020,  they  attended  meetings  in 
whole or in part, by phone. The Vice-President 
Finance  and  Strategy,  who  is  not  a  member  of 
the  executive  board,  attends  our  meetings  by 
invitation,  and  other  members  of  the  senior 
management  team  attend  as  required;  these 
include  the  Director  of  Investor  Relations,  the 
Acting  Chief  Internal  Audit  Director  and  the 
Group Secretary. 

There are also private meetings between the Audit 
Committee and the external auditor outside the 
half-year and year end timetable at which senior 
management is not present. The Committee will 
continue with the practice of meeting in private 
with the external auditor in the future.

FRC Audit Quality Review  
The  FRC  is  the  UK’s  independent  regula-
tor  responsible  for  promoting  high-quality 
corporate  governance  and  reporting  to 
foster investment. The FRC’s responsibilities 
include independent monitoring of audits of 
listed  and  certain  other  public  interest  enti-
ties performed by firms registered to conduct 

audits in the UK by a Recognised Supervisory 
Body ( further details are set out on the FRC’s 
website).  This  monitoring  is  performed  by 
the FRC’s Audit Quality Review (‘AQR’) team. 
The reviews of individual audit engagements 
are  intended  to  contribute  to  safeguarding 
and  promoting  improvement  in  the  overall 
quality  of  auditing  in  the  UK.  The  Group’s 
previous accounts have not been subject to a 
review in the period.

Roles and Duties of the Audit 
Committee
The  Audit  Committee’s  role  is  to  assist  the 
Board with the discharge of its responsibilities 
in relation to financial reporting, including:
•  reviewing  the  Group’s  annual  and  half-year 

financial statements;

•  reviewing  the  Group’s  accounting  policies, 
internal and external audits and controls;
•  reviewing  and  monitoring  the  scope  of  the 
annual audit and the extent of the non-audit 
work undertaken by external auditors; and 
•  advising on the appointment of external audi-
tors and reviewing the effectiveness of the in-
ternal audit, internal controls, whistleblowing 
and fraud systems in place within the Group.

During its scheduled meetings, the Committee 
also considers the following matters:
•  confirm  compliance  with  Directors’  duties 
and consider any new conflicts of interest;

•  review minutes of previous meetings;
•  review actions from previous meetings; and
•  review progress against current year objectives.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings90

Corporate Governance // Audit Committee Report

Audit Committee Meetings During 2020
During  2020  the  Audit  Committee  had  four 
scheduled  meetings.  At  each  scheduled  meet-
ing, the Committee considers the matters out-
lined  above  under  the  subheading  “Roles  and 
Duties of the Audit Committee.”

Meeting Dates

19 March 2020

24 April 2020

25 August 2020

7 December 2020

Significant Issues
The  Committee  considered  several  significant 
accounting issues, matters and judgements in rela-
tion  to  the  Group’s  financial  statements  and  dis-
closures for the year ended 31 December 2020. As 
part of the half-year and full-year reporting process, 
management communicates key accounting issues 
to the Committee, and the external auditor is asked 
to comment on the key significant areas of account-
ing  judgement  and  disclosure.  The  information 

presented  is  used  by  the  Committee  to  critically 
review and assess the key policies and judgements 
that  have  been  applied,  the  consistency  of  policy 
application from year to year and the appropriate-
ness of key disclosures made, together with compli-
ance with the applicable accounting standards. The 
significant issue arising and a description of how it 
was addressed is shown in the following table:

External Auditor Independence
KPMG has acted as the Group’s external auditor 
since  appointment  in  July  2015,  with  Mr.  David 
Neale serving as audit partner on behalf of KPMG 
since  August  2017.The  Auditors’  independence 
was  considered  by  the  Committee  during  the 
year and following careful consideration, it was 
agreed that the Auditors remained independent.

The Audit Committee reviewed the work com-
pleted  by  the  external  auditor,  as  well  as  the 
provision of non-audit services to ensure that 
the auditor maintained its independence. The 
Audit  Committee  confirms  that  during  2020, 

Issue

How it is being addressed

IDH adopted IFRS 16 for annual reporting periods begin-

The Group purchased IFRS 16 software from SAP on 

ning on 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 introduces a single lessee 

which all leases related to IFRS 16 are recorded and thus 

accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets 

minimizing human error. The software became operational 

and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 

in the second half of 2020.

months unless the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee 

is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing 

its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease 

liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. 

Giving that IDH has more than 500 contracts, and that 

the calculation is currently conducted manually on excel 

sheets, there were a number of manual errors in the lease 

calculations resulting from human error on entering 

contractual information.

2020 Annual Report91

on  6  May  2021  that  is  their  opinion  that  the 
financial  statements  as  at  31  December  2020 
provide  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  financial 
performance  of  the  Group  and  recommend 
that  it  be  adopted  by  the  Board  and  recom-
mended  to  shareholders  for  approval  at  the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

James Nolan 
Chairman, Audit Committee
17 May 2021

EGP  55,000  was  paid  to  KPMG  in  respect  of 
non-audit work compared to the audit fee for 
the  Group  financial  statements  for  the  year 
ended  31  December  2020  of  EGP  12,552,000 
(audit  fee  for  the  Group  financial  statements 
for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019:  EGP 
14,211,000).  This  non-audit  work  was  related 
to  the  review  of  the  half  year  financial  state-
ments and tax services.

External Auditor
KPMG  LLP  have  indicated  to  the  board  that 
they had planned not to seek reappointment 
for  the  2021  audit.  On  behalf  of  the  Board,  I 
would like to thank KPMG for the service they 
have provided to the Group during their ten-
ure. In accordance with the recommendation 
of  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Board  proposes 
the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP (“PwC”) as the Company’s external audi-
tor and a resolution in this regard is contained 
in the Notice of AGM.

Recommendation
Ultimately,  it  is  the  Board’s  responsibility  to 
review  and  approve  the  Group’s  full-year  and 
half-year  financial  statements,  as  well  as  to 
determine  that,  taken  as  a  whole,  the  Annual 
Report 
is  balanced,  understandable  and 
provides the information necessary for share-
holders to assess the Group’s position and per-
formance,  business  model  and  strategy.  It  is 
the Audit Committee’s role to assist the Board 
in discharging its responsibilities with regards 
to  financial  reporting,  external  and  internal 
audits  and  controls.  Following  a  review  of 
the  process  around  the  annual  audit  and  the 
content of the financial statements, the Audit 
Committee  advised  the  Board  at  its  meeting 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings92

Corporate Governance // Remuneration Committee Report

Remuneration 
Committee Report

Hussein Choucri 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

In  this  report  from  the  Remuneration  Com-
mittee,  I  outline  on  behalf  of  my  colleagues 
and  myself  the  basis  on  which  Directors  and 
select  members  of  senior  management  will 
be  remunerated  for  their  service  in  2020.  A 
detailed  discussion  of  the  basis  on  which  the 
aforementioned  (as  well  as  one  key  member 
of  senior  management)  were  remunerated  for 
their service in 2020 appears below.

Chairman: Lord St John of Bletso is entitled to 
receive  an  annual  salary  of  US$  75,000.  He  is 
entitled  to  the  reimbursement  of  reasonable 
expenses;  independent  Non-Executive  Direc-
tors:  Hussein  Choucri,  James  Patrick  Nolan 
and  Dan  Olsson  have  been  engaged  by  the 
Group  as  Independent  Non-Executive  Direc-
tors  under  letters  of  appointment.  Hussein 
Choucri  and  Dan  Olsson  are  each  entitled  to 
an  annual  fee  of  US$  55,000,  while  James  Pat-
rick  Nolan  is  entitled  to  an  annual  fee  of  US$ 
60,000. The Independent Non-Executive Direc-
tors  are  all  entitled  to  the  reimbursement  of 
reasonable expenses; non-Executive Directors: 
Richard  Henry  Phillips  has  been  engaged  by 
the  Group  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  under 
letter  of  appointment.  He  will  not  be  entitled 
to receive any fee from the Group for this role. 
The Non-Executive Directors are all entitled to 
the reimbursement of reasonable expenses.

ESOP
IDH’s  employee  stock  ownership  plan  (ESOP) 
Policy was adopted by the IDH Board on 1 June 
2020  following  recommendation  by  the  Remu-
neration  Committee.  The  Remuneration  Com-
mittee  contributed  to  the  development  of  the 
ESOP Policy and approved the ESOP structure. 

2020 Annual Report93

The objectives of the ESOP Policy are:
•  Retention - to retain key executives who have 
contributed significantly to the growth plans 
of the Company;

•  Compensation -  to align management incen-

tive and shareholder value; and

•  Culture - to build a culture of meritocracy and 
reward good performance and commitment.

The ESOP will vest over five years and participants 
in the plan will be limited to employees nominated 
by the CEO based on their performance rating.

Remuneration of Directors in 20201

Figures in EGP2

Base Salary / 

Base Salary / 

Annual Bonus 

Annual Bonus 

Total 2020

Total 2019

fees 2020

fees 2019

2020^

2019^

Executive Director

Dr. Hend El Sherbini3 

Non-Executive Director

Lord St John of Bletso

Hussein Choucri

James Patrick Nolan

Dan Olsson

USD 
540,000

USD 
540,000 

EGP 
450,000

EGP 
450,000

USD 540,00  
EGP450,000

USD 540,00  
EGP450,000 

USD 
75,000

USD 
55,000

USD 
60,000

USD 
55,000

USD 
75,000

USD 
55,000

 USD 
60,000

USD 
55,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

USD 75,000

USD 75,000

USD 55,000

 USD 55,000

USD 60,000

 USD 60,000

USD 55,000

 USD 55,000

-

-

Richard Henry Phillips4 

-

-

Hussein Choucri 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
17 May 2021

1 There are no taxable benefits, corporate pensions or long-term incentive plans for the Company’s directors. 
2 Average USD:EGP exchange rate was 16.68 in 2019 and 15.71 in 2020.
3 Dr. Hend El Sherbini receives part of her annual bonus in the form of an annual award amounting to EGP 450,000.
4 Mr. Philips is the board representative of a major shareholder, Actis, and is therefore not remunerated.
^BOD members are not eligible for profit share distributions.

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings94

Corporate Governance // Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

The  statements  and  reviews  on  pages  4  to  61 
comprise  the  Strategic  Report,  which  contains 
certain  information  that  is  incorporated  into 
this  Directors’  Report  by  reference,  including 
indications  as  to  the  Group’s  likely  future  busi-
ness developments.

Directors
The  Directors  who  held  office  at  31  December 
2020 and up to the date of this report are set out 
on pages 78 and 79 along with their biographies. 
The  remuneration  of  the  Directors  (including 
their  respective  shareholdings  in  the  Group, 
where applicable) is set out in the Remuneration 
Report on page 92.

Directors’  and  Officers’  Liability  Insurance  and 
Indemnification of Directors

Subject to the conditions set out in the Compa-
nies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended), the Group 
has arranged appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability  insurance  to  indemnify  the  Directors 
against liability in respect of proceedings brought 
by third parties. Such provisions remain in force 
at the date of this report.

Principal Activities
The Group’s principal activity is the provision of 
medical diagnostics services. An overview of the 
Group’s  principal  activities  is  an  integral  com-
ponent  of  the  Strategic  Review  included  in  this 
Annual Report beginning on page 44.

Business Review and Future 
Developments
A  review  of  the  development  and  performance 

of  the  Group’s  business  forms  an  integral  part 
of  this  Annual  Report  in  sections  including  the 
Chairman’s Message (page 18), Chief Executive’s 
Report (pages 20 to 27), Strategic Report (begin-
ning  page  4)  and  particularly  the  Performance 
section (beginning on page 62). Financial state-
ments for 2020 appear in the Audited Financial 
Statements (starting on page 100).

Results and Dividends
The  Group’s  Results  for  2020  are  set  out  in  the 
Audited Financial Statements starting on page 100. 

The Board of Directors is pleased to recommend 
a  final  dividend  of  US$  0.049  per  share,  or  US$ 
29.1  million  in  aggregate,  to  shareholders  in 
respect of the financial year ended 31 December 
2020. This represents an increase of 4% compared 
to a final dividend of US$ 28 million in aggregate 
in the previous financial year. 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  that  may 
affect  IDH’s  business,  as  well  as  their  potential 
mitigants, are outlined on pages 52 to 61 of this 
Annual Report. 

Share Capital
The  Group  has  600,000,000  ordinary  shares  each 
with  a  nominal  value  of  US$  0.25.  There  are  no 
other shares in issue, other than ordinary shares. 

Substantial Share Holdings
As  at  21  March  2021,  the  Company  ascertained 
from  its  own  analysis  that  the  following  held 
interests of 3% or more of the voting rights of its 
issued share capital:

2020 Annual Report95

Shareholder

Hena Holdings Ltd.

Actis IDH B.V.

HSBC Global Asset Mgmt (UK)

Fidelity Mgmt & Research

T. Rowe Price

E Oppenheimer & Son

Number of Voting Rights

% of Voting Rights

152,982,356

126,000,000

 42,224,558

26,450,612

24,741,404

20,215,360

25.50

21.00

 7.04

4.41

4.12

3.37

The  Directors  certify  that  there  are  no  issued 
securities  that  carry  special  rights  with  regard 
to  control  of  the  Company.  There  are  similarly 
no restrictions on voting rights. Chief Executive 
Officer Dr. Hend El-Sherbini and her mother, Dr. 
Moamena Kamel jointly hold the  shares held by 
Henna  holdings  which  include  the  described 
voting rights. 

Committees of the Board
The  Board  has  established  Audit,  Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees. Details of these 
Committees,  including  membership  and  their 
activities during 2020, are contained in the Cor-
porate Governance section of this Annual Report 
and in the Remuneration and Audit Reports.

Corporate Responsibility
The Group’s report on Corporate Responsibility 
is set out on page 74.

Articles of Association
The  Company’s  Articles  of  Association  set  out 
the  rights  of  shareholders  including  voting 
rights, distribution rights, attendance at general 
meetings,  powers  of  Directors,  proceedings  of 
Directors as well as borrowing limits and other 
governance  controls.  A  copy  of  the  Articles  of 
Association  can  be  requested  from  the  Group 
Company Secretary. 

The Articles of Association may be amended by 
members of the Company via special resolution 
at a General Meeting of the Company.

Rules on the Appointment and 
Replacement of Directors
Rules  on  the  appointment  and  replacement  of 
Directors  are  set  out  in  the  Group’s  Articles  of 
Association, a copy of which may be requested 
from the Group Company Secretary.

Corporate Governance
The Group’s report on Corporate Governance is 
on pages 76 to 99.

Agreements Related to Change of 
Control of the Group
No such agreements exist. 

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings96

Corporate Governance // Directors’ Report

Conflicts of Interest
During  the  year,  no  Director  held  any  ben-
eficial  interest  in  any  contract  significant  to 
the  Group’s  business,  other  than  a  contract  of 
employment. The Company has procedures set 
out in the Articles of Association for managing 
conflicts of interest. Should a Director become 
aware that they, or their connected parties, have 
an interest in an existing or proposed transac-
tion with the Group, they are required to notify 
the Board as soon as reasonably practicable.

Political Donations
The Group made no political donations in 2020 
(2019: nil). 

Financial Instruments
The  Group’s  principal  financial  instruments 
comprise  cash  balances,  balances  with  related 
parties, trade receivables and payables and other 
payables and receivables that arise in the normal 
course of business. The Group’s financial instru-
ments risk management objectives and policies 
are set out in Note 2 to the Financial Statements.

Employees
The  Group  has  one  (1)  Executive  Director, 
namely  Group  Chief  Executive  Dr.  Hend  El 
Sherbini,  as  identified  in  the  Corporate  Gov-
ernance  section.  Her  biographical  information 
appears on page 78 of this Annual Report, and 
her compensation is reported in the Remunera-
tion Committee Report on page 92. IDH has ser-
vice agreements with the Group Chief Executive 
and with the Group Chief Financial Officer, Mr. 
Omar Bedewy, who is not a Company Director. 
Dr. Hend El Sherbini leads the Company’s Exec-
utive Committee, which also includes all heads 
of departments and meets every second week to 
review and discuss performance, priorities and 
upcoming events in light of the Group’s strategic 
plan. In view of the Company’s regional growth 
plans,  IDH  is  committed  to  building  out  its 

senior  management  team  in  preparation  for  a 
larger footprint. The Group and its subsidiaries 
had total of 4,754 employees as at 31 December 
2020  (2019:  5,440)  employed  in  Egypt,  Jordan, 
Sudan and Nigeria.

Creditor Payment Policy
Individual subsidiaries of the Group are respon-
sible for agreeing on the terms and conditions 
under  which  business  transactions  with  their 
suppliers are conducted. It is the Group’s policy 
that payments to suppliers are made in accor-
dance with all relevant terms and conditions.

Going Concern
As  part  of  the  going  concern  assessment  to 
assess  the  resilience  of  the  Group’s  financial 
position  and  liquidity,  management  has  con-
sidered  several  scenarios  and  a  reasonable,  but 
plausible  severe  downside  test  to  the  period 
from the annual account’s approval to May 2022. 
The  severe  downside  scenario  has  anticipated 
the  same  lowest  volume  that  occurred  in  April 
and  May  2020  for  Q2  and  Q3  2021.  This  lowest 
level  occurred  due  to  the  disruption  caused  by 
the  pandemic  at  the  very  beginning  where  the 
adaptability of people was significantly low, and 
also this is the period in which the government 
had  taken  the  strictest  restrictions  for  business 
and movement of people. This volume represents 
a 40% reduction than the average normal rate in 
which  the  company  used  to  achieve  before  the 
pandemic.  Additionally,  Q4  2021  assumes  the 
same trading levels as January 2021 (which does 
not  factor  in  seasonality,  as  average  monthly 
revenue  in  Q4  tends  to  be  around  20%  higher 
than January of the same year) and is more than 
40%  lower  than  Q4  2020.  Revenue  for  January 
and  February  2022  was  also  assumed  to  be  in 
line  with  January  2021,  while  March  2022  was 
assumed  at  a  20%  increase  from  February  2022 
due to seasonality, and finally April 2022 factored 

2020 Annual Report97

in  a  reduction  in  volumes  during  Ramadan. 
The scenario has assumed that there is no fixed 
cost  reduction;  no  reduction  in  the  forecasted 
capital  expenditure,  while  it  has  assumed  the 
postponement of dividend payments.  That said 
scenario did not affect the Group’s ability to meet 
its  financial  obligation  nor  the  financial  cov-
enants.  The  sever  downside  scenarios  showed 
that  the  Group’s  current  financial  position  and 
cash  balance,  generated  from  its  operational 
activities,  will  alleviate  any  potential  downside 
risk;  moreover,  it  presents  that  the  group  has 
sufficient  cash  within  this  downside  scenario 
to  repay  debts  and  to  continue  to  operate  as  a 
going concern without the need to refinance the 
debt  or  raise  future  equity.  Consequently,  the 
Directors are confident that the Group will have 
sufficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities 
as they fall due for at least 12 months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements and 
therefore have prepared the financial statements 
on a going concern basis.

The Group’s business activities, together with the 
factors likely to affect its future development, per-
formance and position, are set out in the Strategic 
Review on pages 4 to 61. The financial position of 
the  Group,  its  cash  flows,  liquidity  position  and 
borrowing facilities are described in the financial 
statements and notes thereon on pages 113 to 158.

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the 
financial statements in accordance with appli-
cable  law  and  International  Financial  Report-
ing  Standards  as  adopted  by  the  EU  (“IFRS  as 
adopted by the EU”).  Company law requires the 
directors to prepare Group financial statements 
for each financial year which give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and of 
the profit or loss of the Group for that year.

In  preparing  those  financial  statements,  the 
directors are required to:  
•  select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then 

apply them consistently;  

•  make judgements and estimates that are rea-

sonable, relevant and reliable;  

•  state  whether  applicable  accounting  stan-
dards  have  been  followed,  subject  to  any 
material  departures  disclosed  and  explained 
in the financial statements;  

•  assess the Group’s ability to continue as a go-
ing concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern; and  

•  use the going concern basis of accounting un-
less they either intend to liquidate the Group 
or  to  cease  operations,  or  have  no  realistic 
alternative but to do so.

The directors are responsible for keeping proper 
accounting records that disclose with reasonable 
accuracy  at  any  time  the  financial  position  of 
the Company and to enable them to ensure that 
the  financial  statements  comply  with  the  Com-
panies  (Jersey)  Law  1991.    They  are  responsible 
for  such  internal  control  as  they  determine  is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstate-
ment,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  have 
general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets 
of  the  Group  and  the  Company  and  to  prevent 
and detect fraud and other irregularities.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  mainte-
nance and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the company’s website.

The Directors of the Group confirm that to the 
best of their knowledge that:
•  The  Group  is  in  compliance  with  the  Jersey 
code in relation to all applicable corporate law 
and tax filing requirements;

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings98

Corporate Governance // Directors’ Report

•  The  consolidated  financial  statements  have 
been prepared in accordance with Internation-
al  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  adopted 
by the EU, including International Accounting 
Standards; and Interpretations adopted by the 
International  Accounting  Standards  Board 
give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets,  liabili-
ties, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Group  and  the  undertakings  included  in  the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  The  sections  of  this  Report,  including  the 
Strategic  Report,  Performance  Review  and 
Principal  Risks  and  Uncertainties,  which 
constitute  the  management  report,  include 
a fair review of the development and perfor-
mance  of  the  business  and  the  position  of 
the issuer and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

We  consider  the  annual  report  and  accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understand-
able  and  provides  the  information  necessary  for 
shareholders  to  assess  the  Group’s  position  and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Disclosure of Information to the Auditor
So  far  as  each  person  who  was  a  Director  at 
the  date  of  approving  this  report  is  aware, 
there  is  no  relevant  audit  information,  being 
information needed by the auditor in connec-
tion  with  preparing  its  report,  of  which  the 
auditor is unaware. Having made enquiries of 
fellow Directors and the Group’s auditors, each 
Director has taken all the steps that he/she is 
obliged  to  take  as  a  Director  in  order  to  have 
made  himself/herself  aware  of  any  relevant 
audit  information  and  to  establish  that  the 
auditor is aware of that information.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The 2021 AGM will be held at the Headquarters 
of IDH Integrated Diagnostics Holdings, Build-
ing  B216-F7,  Smart  Village,  Giza,  Egypt  on  23 
June 2021.

Due to the ongoing restrictions and safety concerns 
as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  AGM 
will be run as a closed meeting with Shareholders 
unable to attend the meeting in person. The Board 
remains  keen  to  encourage  engagement  with 
Shareholders. To that end, the Directors would like 
to invite questions from Shareholders in advance of 
and during the AGM. Should Shareholders wish to 
submit questions to the Board prior to the deadline 
for proxy voting they can do so, and these will be 
responded  to  on  an  individual  basis.  In  addition, 
the  Board  will  offer  shareholders  the  opportunity 
to dial into the AGM, at which time they can also 
submit questions to the Board.

Details of the AGM are included in the Notice of 
Meeting  that  accompanies  this  Annual  Report 
and which is available on our website.

At  the  AGM,  all  of  the  Group’s  Directors  will 
retire and submit themselves for re-election. 

The  outcome  of  the  voting  at  the  AGM  will  be 
announced by way of a London Stock Exchange 
announcement and full details will be published 
on the Group’s website shortly after the AGM.

Auditor
KPMG LLP have indicated to the board that they 
had planned not to seek reappointment for the 
2021  audit.  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  have 
confirmed their willingness to act as the Com-
pany’s  external  auditor  and  a  separate  resolu-
tion will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM 
concerning their appointment and to authorise 
the Board to agree their remuneration.

By order of the Board

Dr. Hend El Sherbini
Executive Director
17 May 2021

2020 Annual Report99

Annual Report 2020Integrated Diagnostics Holdings100

CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

102

Independent 
auditor’s report

to the members of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc 

1. Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the consolidated financial statements
of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc (“the Company”)
for the year ended 31 December 2020 which comprise
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position,
Consolidated
Consolidated
Statement
Income,
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Equity and the related notes,
including the accounting policies in note 2.

Statement,
Comprehensive

Income
Other

of

We were first appointed as auditor by the directors on 14
July 2015. The period of total uninterrupted engagement
is for the 5 financial years ended 31 December 2020. We
have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and we
remain independent of the Group in accordance with, UK
ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard
as applied to listed public interest entities. No non‐audit
services prohibited by that standard were provided.

In our opinion the consolidated financial statements:  

Overview

— give a true and fair view,

in accordance with
International
Standards as
Financial Reporting
adopted by the EU, of the state of the Group’s affairs
as at 31 December 2020 and of the Group’s profit for
the year then ended;

— have been properly prepared in accordance with the
requirements of Companies (Jersey) Law 1991;

Basis for opinion  

in

our

conducted

accordance with
audit
We
International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”)
and applicable law. Our responsibilities are described
below. We believe that the audit evidence we have
obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our
opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with our report
to the audit committee.

Materiality: 
group financial 
statements as a whole

EGP32.5m (2019:EGP32m)

3.4% (2019: 4.2%) of group profit 
before tax

Coverage

100% (2019: 99%) of the total 
profits and losses that made up 
group profit before tax

Key audit matters

vs 2019

New risk

IFRS 16 lease accounting 
– data capture and 
system implementation

103

2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements 
and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those 
which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team.  We summarise below the key audit matter in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit 
procedures to address those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures.  This matter was 
addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on this matter.

IFRS 16 lease accounting – Data 
capture and system implementation 
Right of use assets 355EGP million; 
(2019: EGP265m)
Lease liabilities EGP 390m; (2019: 
EGP269m)

Refer to page 90 (Audit Committee 
Report), page 124 (accounting policy) 
and page 154 (financial disclosures)

The risk

Our response

Data Capture and system implementation

Our procedures included:

The Group transitioned its largest two 
components from manually maintained 
schedules to a lease software system during 
the year.

included in the system to previously audited 
manually maintained schedules and confirmed 
the key data elements for all leases were 
transitioned correctly.

— Data comparisons: Reconciled the leases 

The transition requires a migration of data 
for a large portfolio of leases, which is a 
manual process with the potential for error 
in data capture. 

There is also a large number of lease 
renewals within the portfolio which require 
capture.

— Reconciled all leases included in the system to 
the revenue generating branches held by the 
Group.

— Methodology implementation: Assessed 

whether the methodology of the lease software 
calculation is in line with the requirements of 
the accounting standard 

— Reperformance: Reperformed the calculation 
for all new leases and lease renewals by 
inspecting the relevant contracts and ensuring 
the contractual terms had been appropriately 
captured and recorded in the system. 

Our results 

— The results of our procedures were satisfactory.

We continue to perform procedures over Going Concern. However, taking into consideration the performance of the company in the year, 
we have not assessed this as one of the most significant risks in our current year audit and, therefore, it is not separately identified in our 
report this year. The application of IFRS 16 lease accounting identified previously was specific to the year of adoption.

104

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of 

the scope of our audit

Group profit before tax
EGP969m (2019: EGP758m)

Group materiality
EGP32.5m (2019: EGP32m)

Materiality for the group financial statements as a 
whole was set at EGP32.5m (2019: EGP32m), 
determined with reference to a benchmark of group 
profit before tax , of which it represents 3.4% (2019: 
4.2%).

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures 
on individual account balances and disclosures were 
performed to a lower threshold, performance 
materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the 
risk that individually immaterial misstatements in 
individual account balances add up to a material 
amount across the financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality was set at 65% (2019: 75%) 
of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, 
which equates to EGP21.125m (2019: EGP24m) for 
the group. We applied this percentage in our 
determination of performance materiality based on 
the level of identified misstatements during the prior 
period.

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any 
corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements 
exceeding EGP1.625m (2019: EGP1.6m), in addition 
to other identified misstatements that warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the group’s 14 (2019: 15) reporting components, 
we subjected 5 (2019: 5) to full scope audits for 
group purposes and 9 (2019: 5) to specified risk‐
focused audit procedures over cash. The latter were 
not individually financially significant enough to 
require a full scope audit for group purposes, but did 
present specific individual risks that needed to be 
addressed. 

The components within the scope of our work 
accounted for the post‐consolidated percentages 
illustrated opposite. 

The Group team instructed component auditors as to 
the significant areas to be covered, including the 
relevant risks detailed above and the information to 
be reported back.  The Group team approved the 
component materialities, which ranged from 
EGP11.375 to EGP22.75m (2019: EGP6.4m to 
EGP22.4m), having regard to the mix of size and risk 
profile of the Group across the components.  The 
work on 4 of the 14 components (2019: 5 of the 15 
components) was performed by component auditors 
and the rest, including the audit of the parent 
company, was performed by the Group team. 

The Group team did not visit component locations 
due to travel restrictions as a result of the COVID‐19 
pandemic.  Video and telephone conference 
meetings were held with component auditors in 
Egypt and Jordan instead.  At these meetings, the 
risks, strategy and findings reported to the Group 
team were discussed in more detail, and any further 
work required by the Group team was then 
performed by the component auditor (2019: visited 
locations in Egypt).

EGP32.5m
Whole financial
statements materiality (2019: 
EGP32m)

EGP21.125m
Whole financial
statements performance 
materiality (2019: EGP24m)

EGP22.75m
Range of materiality at 5 
components (EGP11.375m –
EGP22.75m) 
(2019: EGP6.4m to 22.4m)

EGP1.625m
Misstatements reported to the 
audit committee (2019: 1.6m)

PBT
Group materiality

Post‐consolidated Group
revenue

Post consolidated Group 
profit before tax

6

6

100%

(2019 99%)

93

94

3

3

100%

(2019 100%)

97

97

Post‐consolidated Group 
total assets 

5

5

100%

(2019 100%)

95

95

Key: 

Full scope for group audit purposes 2020

Specified risk‐focused audit procedures 2020

Full scope for group audit purposes 2019

Specified risk‐focused audit procedures 2019

Residual components

105

4. Going concern

5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect

The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the
going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group
or the Company or to cease their operations, and as they have
concluded that the Group and the Company’s financial position
means that this is realistic. They have also concluded that there
are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant
doubt over their ability to continue as a going concern for at least
a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the
going concern period”).

its industry, and the
We used our knowledge of the Group,
general economic environment to identify the inherent risks to
its business model and analysed how those risks might affect the
Group’s and Company’s financial resources or ability to continue
operations over the going concern period. The risk that we
considered most likely to adversely affect the Group’s and
Company’s available financial resources and metrics relevant to
debt covenants over this period is the demand for the Group’s
services being adversely impacted by extended periods of curfew
or lockdown in the geographies in which the Group operates.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the
liquidity or covenant compliance in the going concern period by
comparing severe, but plausible downside scenarios that could
arise from these risks individually and collectively against the
level of available financial resources and covenants indicated by
the Group’s financial forecasts.

We assessed the completeness of the going concern disclosure

Our conclusions based on this work:

— we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis 
of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is 
appropriate;

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due 
to fraud

To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud 
risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an 
incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity 
to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included:

— Enquiring of directors, the audit committee, internal audit 
and inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s 
high‐level policies and procedures to prevent and detect 
fraud and the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, as well 
as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or 
alleged fraud.

— Reading Board minutes.

— Considering performance targets for management.

— Using our own forensic specialists to assist us in identifying 
fraud risks based on discussions of the circumstances of the 
Group.

We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team 
and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. 
This included communication from the group to full scope 
component audit teams of relevant fraud risks identified at the 
Group level and request to full scope component audit teams to 
report to the Group audit team any instances of fraud that could give 
rise to a material misstatement at group.

As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible 
pressures to meet profit targets and our overall knowledge of the 
control environment, we perform procedures to address the risk of 
management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent revenue 
recognition, in particular the risk that contract revenue is incorrectly 
recognised and the risk that Group and component management 
may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries.

— we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ 

We did not identify any additional fraud risks.

assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to 
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may 
cast significant doubt on the Group’s or Company's ability to 
continue as a going concern for the going concern period; and

— we found the going concern disclosure in note 2 to be 

acceptable

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions
and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are
inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time
they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that
the Group or the Company will continue in operation.

We performed procedures including: 

— Identifying journal entries to test for all full scope 

components based on risk criteria and comparing the 
identified entries to supporting documentation. These 
included journal entries posted to revenue where the 
corresponding entry was posted to an unexpected account.

106

5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect 

(cont.)

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due 
to non‐compliance with laws and regulations

We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably
be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements
from our general commercial and sector experience, and through
discussion with the directors and other management (as required
by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Group’s
regulatory and legal correspondence and discussed with the
directors and other management the policies and procedures
regarding compliance with laws and regulations.

As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved
gaining an understanding of the control environment including
complying with regulatory
the
requirements.

entity’s procedures

for

team and remained alert

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout
our
to any indications of non‐
compliance throughout the audit. This included communication
from the group to full‐scope component audit teams of relevant
laws and regulations identified at the Group level, and a request
for full scope component auditors to report to the group team
any instances of non‐compliance with laws and regulations that
could give rise to a material misstatement at group.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial
statements varies considerably.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly
affect the financial statements including financial reporting
legislation (including related companies legislation), distributable
profits legislation as set out by Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and
taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance
with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the
related financial statement items.

to many other

the Group is subject

laws and
Secondly,
regulations where the consequences of non‐compliance could
have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial
statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or
litigation or the loss of the Group’s license to operate. We
identified the following areas as those most likely to have such
an effect: health and safety, anti‐bribery, employment law,
certain aspects of company legislation and laws relating to the
provision of healthcare services recognising the regulated nature
of the Group’s activities and its legal form. Auditing standards
limit the required audit procedures to identify non‐compliance
with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the directors and
other management and inspection of regulatory and legal
correspondence,
if any. Therefore if a breach of operational
regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant
correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach.

We discussed with the audit committee matters related to actual
or suspected breaches of
for which
disclosure is not necessary, and considered any implications for
our audit.

regulations,

laws or

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of 
law or regulation

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an
unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material
misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have
properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with
auditing standards. For example, the further removed non‐
compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and
transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely
the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards
would identify it.

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of
non‐detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery,
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect
material misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing
non‐compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non‐
compliance with all laws and regulations.

6. We have nothing to report on the other information in the 

Annual Report

the other

The directors are responsible for
information
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial
statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does not
cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express
an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, any form of
assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing
so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit
the information therein is materially misstated or
work,
inconsistent with the financial
statements or our audit
knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified
material misstatements in the other information.

Directors’ remuneration report   

In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the
Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

7. We have nothing to report on the other matters on which we 

are required to report by exception 

Under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, we are required to 
report to you if, in our opinion: 

— proper accounting records have not been kept by the 

company

— proper returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or 

— the company’s accounts are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or  

— we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

107

8.   Respective responsibilities  

Directors’ responsibilities  

As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 97,
the Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair
view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing
the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going
concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do
so.

Auditor’s responsibilities  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our
opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high
level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or
in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial
statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

9. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our 

responsibilities  

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body,
in accordance with Article 113A of the Companies (Jersey) Law
1991. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might
state to the Company’s members those matters we are required
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the
Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

David Neale (Senior Statutory Auditor)  

for and on behalf of KPMG LLP
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditor

15 Canada Square

London

E14 5GL  

18 May 2021

108

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 December 2020

Notes

2020

2019

000’EGP

000’EGP

 Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill
Right-Of-Use Asset
Other investments
Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Restricted cash
Other investments
Cash and  cash equivalents 
Total current assets
Total assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Capital reserves
Legal reserve
Put option reserve
Translation reserve
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to the owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other provisions
Loans and borrowings 
Long-term financial obligations
Total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Short-term financial obligations
Loans and borrowings 
 Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

10
11, 12
26
13

15
16
18
19
17

20
20
20
20
20
20

6

8
22
25
26

23
24
25

793,013 
1,659,755 
354,688 
9,604 
2,817,060 

100,115 
383,480 
                  -   
276,625 
600,130 
1,360,350 
4,177,410 

1,072,500 
1,027,706 
(314,310)
49,218 
(314,057)
145,617 
603,317 
2,269,991 
156,383 
2,426,374 

240,333
3,408
67,617
430,315
741,673

383,623
342,784
25,416
257,540
1,009,363
1,751,036
4,177,410

785,546 
1,660,836 
264,763 
6,391 
2,717,536 

84,339 
322,805 
247 
221,617 
408,892 
1,037,900 
3,755,436 

1,072,500 
1,027,706 
(314,310)
46,330 
(229,164)
155,823 
456,661 
2,215,546 
144,710 
2,360,256 

174,000
5,273
81,305
306,384
566,962

320,083
260,853
25,416
221,866
828,218
1,395,180
3,755,436

The accompanying notes on pages 113- 158 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These  consolidated  financial  statements  were  approved  and  authorised  for  issue  by  the  Board  of  Directors  and 
signed on their behalf on 17 May 2021 by:

Dr. Hend El Sherbini
Chief Executive Officer

Hussein Choucri
Independent Non-Executive Director

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020Consolidated Income Statement
For the Year Ended 31 December 2020

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Marketing and advertising expenses
Administrative expenses
Impairment loss on trade and other receivable
Other Income
Operating profit
Finance costs
Finance income
Net finance cost
Profit before tax

Income tax expense
Profit for the year

Profit attributed to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (expressed in EGP)
Basic and Diluted

Notes

3

16

7.2
7.2
7.2

8

9

109

2020

000’EGP
2,656,264 
(1,313,688)
1,342,576 

2019

000’EGP
2,226,495 
(1,142,681)
1,083,814 

(107,216)
(221,874)
(42,131)
14,191 
985,546 
(84,107)
67,643 
(16,464)
969,082 

(359,600)
609,482 

594,015 
15,467 
609,482 
-   
0.99 

(115,764)
(189,465)
(8,647)
20,902 
790,840 
(80,105)
47,409 
(32,696)
758,144 

(253,609)
504,535 

510,931 
(6,396)
504,535 
-   
3.41 

The accompanying notes on pages 113- 158 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020110

Consolidated Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income 
For the Year Ended 31 December 2020

Net profit
Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:
Currency translation differences on foreign currency subsidiaries
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

2020

2019

000’EGP

000’EGP

609,482 

504,535 

(20,292)
(20,292)
589,190 

583,809 
5,381 
589,190 

(59,402)
(59,402)
445,133 

471,991 
(26,858)
445,133 

The accompanying notes on pages 113- 158 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the Year Ended 31 December 2020

111

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit or loss for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment ('PPE')
Amortisation of intangible assets
Unrealised foreign exchange gains and losses
Interest Income
Interest Expense
Gain/(Loss) on sale of PPE
Impairment in trade and other receivables
Reversal of impairment in trade and other receivables
Equity settled share-based payment receipt
ROU Asset/Lease Termination
Hyperinflation
Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities

Income taxes paid
Change in Provisions
Change in Inventories
Change in Trade and other receivables
Change in Trade and other payables
Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of PPE
Interest received
Acquisition of PPE
Acquisition of intangible assets
Decrease in restricted cash
Change in other investment "acquisition"
Change in other investment "sale"
Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from loans and borrowings
Repayment of loans and borrowings
Payment of finance lease liabilities
Dividends paid
Interest paid
Injection of cash by non-controlling interest
Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 31/12/2019
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents at 31/12/2020

Notes

2020

2019

000’EGP

000’EGP

969,082 

758,144 

10
11
7.2
7.2
7.2

16

22

18

17

179,435 
5,926 
12,580 
(53,120)
71,527 
(98)
42,131 
                 -   
(3,213)
(609)
(14,523)
1,209,118 

(220,875)
(1,866)
(17,121)
(140,563)
53,821 
882,515 

5,316 
51,187 
(118,372)
(7,638)
247 
(112,115)
57,106 
(124,268)

11,727 
(25,416)
(42,745)
(450,737)
(73,736)
17,372 
(563,536)

194,711 
408,892 
(3,473)
600,130 

146,617 
6,862 
15,517 
(43,576)
60,997 
(926)
8,647 
(1,155)
(6,391)
-   
(3,833)
940,902 

(184,856)
(9,314)
4,933 
(78,167)
23,700 
697,198 

3,555 
48,086 
(213,310)
(4,688)
11,718 
(282,781)
301,069 
(136,351)

5,283 
(25,416)
(64,451)
(450,502)
(63,192)
49,540 
(548,738)

12,109 
412,607 
(15,824)
408,892 

The accompanying notes on pages 113- 158 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020112

y
t
i
u
q
E
n

i

s
e
g
n
a
h
C

f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

0
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

1
3
d
e
d
n
E
r
a
e
Y
e
h
t

r
o
F

-

-

-

)
4
1
8
4
(

,

)
3
9
8
4
8
(

,

2
7
3
7
1

,

-

)
8
9
1
2
(

,

2
7
3
7
1

,

-

-

-

)
6
1
6
2
(

,

)
3
9
8
4
8
(

,

)
7
3
7
0
5
4
(

,

)
2
8
8
8
(

,

)
5
5
8
1
4
4
(

,

-

-

-

)
6
1
6
2
(

,

)
8
8
8
2
(

,

)
5
5
8
1
4
4
(

,

)
2
7
0

,

3
2
5
(

2
9
2

,

6

)
4
6
3

,

9
2
5
(

)
9
5
3

,

7
4
4
(

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

)
3
9
8
4
8
(

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8
8
8
2

,

)
3
9
8

,

4
8
(

8
8
8

,

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

l

a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
E

2
8
4
9
0
6

,

)
2
9
2
0
2
(

,

0
9
1

,

9
8
5

6
5
2

,

0
6
3

,

2

0
1
7

,

4
4
1

7
6
4
5
1

,

)
6
8
0
0
1
(

,

1
8
3

,

5

,

5
1
0
4
9
5

)
6
0
2
0
1
(

,

9
0
8

,

3
8
5

6
4
5

,

5
1
2

,

2

1
6
6

,

6
5
4

,

5
1
0
4
9
5

-

5
1
0

,

4
9
5

-

)
6
0
2
0
1
(

,

)
6
0
2

,

0
1
(

-
n
o
N

l

a
t
o
T

e
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a

s
r
e
n
w
o

e
h
t

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
C

o
t

d
e
h
t

f
o

y
n
a
p
m
o
C

i

d
e
n
a
t
e
R

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
e

l

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
a
r
T

n
o
i
t
p
o

t
u
P

l

a
g
e
L

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

*
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

e
r
a
h
S

i

m
u
m
e
r
p

e
r
a
h
S

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

3
2
8

,

5
5
1

)
4
6
1

,

9
2
2
(

0
3
3

,

6
4

)
0
1
3

,

4
1
3
(

6
0
7

,

7
2
0

,

1

0
0
5

,

2
7
0

,

1

4
7
3

,

6
2
4

,

2

3
8
3

,

6
5
1

1
9
9

,

9
6
2

,

2

7
1
3

,

3
0
6

7
1
6

,

5
4
1

)
7
5
0

,

4
1
3

8
1
2

,

9
4

)
0
1
3

,

4
1
3
(

6
0
7

,

7
2
0

,

1

0
0
5

,

2
7
0

,

1

)
2
0
5
0
5
4
(

,

)
6
8
3
8
(

,

)
6
1
1
2
4
4
(

,

-

0
4
5
9
4

,

)
4
6
6
(

)
9
8
8
3
8
(

,

)
5
1
5

,

5
8
4
(

-

0
4
5
9
4

,

-

)
5
7
1
(

9
7
9

,

0
4

-

-

)
9
8
4
(

)
9
8
8
3
8
(

,

)
4
9
4

,

6
2
5
(

)
1
7
3
8
(

,

)
6
1
1
2
4
4
(

,

-

-

)
9
8
4
(

)
6
7
9

,

0
5
4
(

-

-

-

-

-

-

5
3
5
4
0
5

,

)
2
0
4
9
5
(

,

3
3
1

,

5
4
4

7
3
6

,

0
0
4

,

2

)
6
9
3
6
(

,

8
8
5

,

0
3
1

)
2
6
4
0
2
(

,

)
8
5
8

,

6
2
(

,

1
3
9
0
1
5

)
0
4
9
8
3
(

,

1
9
9

,

1
7
4

9
4
0

,

0
7
2

,

2

6
0
7

,

6
9
3

,

1
3
9
0
1
5

-

1
3
9

,

0
1
5

-

)
0
4
9
8
3
(

,

)
0
4
9

,

8
3
(

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

)
9
8
8
3
8
(

,

)
9
8
8

,

3
8
(

-

-

-

-

1
7
3
8

,

-

-

-

1
7
3

,

8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3
6
7

,

4
9
1

)
5
7
2

,

5
4
1
(

9
5
9

,

7
3

)
0
1
3

,

4
1
3

6
0
7

,

7
2
0

,

1

0
0
5

,

2
7
0

,

1

6
5
2

,

0
6
3

,

2

0
1
7

,

4
4
1

6
4
5

,

5
1
2

,

2

1
6
6

,

6
5
4

3
2
8

,

5
5
1

)
4
6
1

,

9
2
2
(

0
3
3

,

6
4

)
0
1
3

,

4
1
3
(

6
0
7

,

7
2
0

,

1

0
0
5

,

2
7
0

,

1

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
C

r
a
e
y

e
h
t
n

i

y
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

n
o
i
t
p
o
t
u
p
n

i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
M

n

i

n
o
i
t
c
e
j
n

i

h
s
a
c

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

r
a
e
y

e
h
t
g
n

i
r
u
d
s
e
i
r
a
i

d

i
s
b
u
s
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n

i
r
e
p
y
h
f
o
t
c
a
p
m

i

r
o
f

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
e
R

m
o
r
f
g
n

i
t
l
u
s
e
r

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

*
r
a
e
y

e
h
t
g
n

i
r
u
d
d
e
m
r
o
f

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
g
e
L

s
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
p
i
h
s
r
e
n
w
o
n
i
e
g
n
a
h
C

0
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

r
a
e
y

e
h
t
g
n

i
r
u
d

s
e
i
r
a
i

d

i
s
b
u
s

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
C

r
a
e
y

e
h
t
n

i

y
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

n
o
i
t
p
o
t
u
p
n

i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
M

s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

r
a
e
y

e
h
t
g
n

i
r
u
d
s
e
i
r
a
i

d

i
s
b
u
s
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n

i
r
e
p
y
h
f
o
t
c
a
p
m

i

r
o
f

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
e
R

m
o
r
f
g
n

i
t
l
u
s
e
r

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

*
r
a
e
y

e
h
t
g
n

i
r
u
d
d
e
m
r
o
f

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
g
e
L

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
p
i
h
s
r
e
n
w
o
n
i
e
g
n
a
h
C

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

s
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

9
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
a
s
A

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
fi
o
r
P

0
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
a
s
A

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
fi
o
r
P

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

o
t

e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d
t
o
n
s
i

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

s
i

Th

.
l

a
t
i
p
a
c
d
e
u
s
s
i

’

s
y
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
h
c
a
e

f
o
%
0
5
s
t
n
e
s
e
r
p
e
r

s
i
h
t

t
a
h
t

e
m

i
t
h
c
u
s

l
i
t
n
u
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l

a
g
e
l

a
o
t
n
i

t
fi
o
r
p
t
e
n

l

a
u
n
n
a
s
t
i

f
o
%
5
t
s
a
e
l

t
a
e
d
i
s
a
t
e
s

t
s
u
m
y
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
h
c
a
e
w
a
L
n
a
i
t
p
y
g
E
r
e
d
n
U
*

.

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
s
r
e
n
w
o
e
h
t

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
113

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated 
Financial Statements  
For the Year Ended 31 December 2020

(In the notes all amounts are shown in Egyptian Pounds “EGP’000” unless otherwise stated)

Corporate information

1. 
The consolidated financial statements of Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc and its subsidiaries (collectively, “the 
Group”) for the year ended 31 December 2020 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the direc-
tors on 17 May 2021. Integrated Diagnostics Holdings plc “IDH” or “the company” has been established according to 
the provisions of the Companies ( Jersey) law 1991 under No. 117257.

IDH’s purpose is not restricted and the Group has full authority to do any activity as long as it is not banned by the 
Companies law unless amended from time to time or depending on the Companies ( Jersey) law.

The  Group’s  financial  year  starts  on  1  January  and  ends  on  31  December  each  year.  The  Group’s  main  activity  is 
concentrated in the field of medical diagnostics.

Basis of preparation

2. 
Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting  Standards  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  (adopted  IFRS)  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB) and the Jersey Law 1991 an amendment to which means separate company financial state-
ments are not required. 

Basis of measurement
The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  historical  cost  basis,  except  where  adopted  IFRS 
mandates that fair value accounting is required.

Functional and presentation currency
Each of the Group’s entities is using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity oper-
ates (‘the functional currency’). The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Egyptian Pounds, 
being the reporting currency of the main Egyptian trading subsidiaries within the Group and the primary economic 
environment in which the Group operates. For each entity, the Group determines the functional currency and items 
included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. The Group uses the 
direct method of consolidation and on disposal of a foreign operation; the gain or loss that is reclassified to profit or 
loss reflects the amount that arises from using this method.

Going concern
As part of the going concern assessment to assess the resilience of the Group’s financial position and liquidity, man-
agement has considered several scenarios and a reasonable, but plausible severe downside test to the period from 
the annual account’s approval to May 2022. The severe downside scenario has anticipated the same lowest volume 
that occurred in April and May 2020 for Q2 and Q3 2021. This lowest level occurred due to the disruption caused by 
the pandemic at the very beginning where the adaptability of people was significantly low, and also this is the period 
in  which  the  government  had  taken  the  strictest  restrictions  for  business  and  movement  of  people.  This  volume 
represents a 40% reduction than the average normal rate in which the company used to achieve before the pandemic. 
Additionally,  Q4  2021  assumes  the  same  trading  levels  as  January  2021  (which  does  not  factor  in  seasonality,  as 

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020114

average  monthly  revenue  in  Q4  tends  to  be  around  20%  higher  than  January  of  the  same  year)  and  is  more  than 
40% lower than Q4 2020. Revenue for January and February 2022 was also assumed to be in line with January 2021, 
while  March  2022  was  assumed  at  a  20%  increase  from  February  2022  due  to  seasonality,  and  finally  April  2022 
factored in a reduction in volumes during Ramadan. The scenario has assumed that there is no fixed cost reduction; 
no reduction in the forecasted capital expenditure, while it has assumed the postponement of dividend payments.  
That said scenario did not affect the Group’s ability to meet its financial obligation nor the financial covenants. The 
sever downside scenarios showed that the Group’s current financial position and cash balance, generated from its 
operational activities, will alleviate any potential downside risk; moreover, it presents that the group has sufficient 
cash within this downside scenario to repay debts and to continue to operate as a going concern without the need 
to refinance the debt or raise future equity. Consequently, the Directors are confident that the Group will have suf-
ficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements and therefore have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Basis of consolidation

2.1. 
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as at 31 
December 2020. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involve-
ment with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

Subsidiaries 

i. 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights 
to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
over the entity. In assessing control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that are currently 
exercisable. The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. The financial statements 
of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until 
the date that control ceases. Losses applicable to the non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the 
non-controlling interests even if doing so causes the non-controlling interests to have a deficit balance.

Change in subsidiary ownership and loss of control

ii. 
Changes  in  the  Group’s  interest  in  a  subsidiary  that  do  not  result  in  a  loss  of  control  are  accounted  for  as  equity 
transactions. Where the group loses control of a subsidiary, the assets and liabilities are derecognised along with any 
related NCI and other components of equity.  Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss.  Any interest 
retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

iii. 
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transac-
tions,  are  eliminated.  Unrealised  gains  arising  from  transactions  with  equity-accounted  investees  are  eliminated 
against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the 
same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

2.2.  Significant accounting policies
The accounting policies set out below have been consistently applied to all the years presented in these consolidated 
financial statements.

The  accounting  policies  applied  by  the  Group  in  these  condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  are  consis-
tent with those applied in the audited consolidated financial statements published as at and for the year ended 31 
December 2019.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020115

Business combinations and goodwill

a) 
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the 
aggregate  of  the  consideration  transferred,  which  is  measured  at  acquisition  date  fair  value,  and  the  amount  of  any 
non-controlling interests in the acquiree. For each business combination, the Group elects whether to measure the non-
controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and included in administrative expenses. When the Group acquires a 
business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accor-
dance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. Any con-
tingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill is 
initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for 
non-controlling interests) and any previous interest held over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 
If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses 
whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures 
used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the 
fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit or loss.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

For the purpose of impairment testing which it is done on an annual basis, goodwill acquired in a business combina-
tion is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit 
from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. 
Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (CGU) and part of the operation within that unit is 
disposed of, the goodwill associated with the disposed operation is included in the carrying amount of the operation 
when determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed in these circumstances is measured based on the 
relative values of the disposed operation and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

Fair value measurement

b) 
The Group measures financial instruments such as non-derivative financial instruments and contingent consider-
ation assumed in a business combination at fair value at each balance sheet date.

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses observable market data as far as possible. Fair value 
is categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows:

•  Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•  Level 2 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement 

is directly or indirectly observable.

•  Level 3 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement 

is unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group 
determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on 
the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period. 

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the 
nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair value hierarchy, as explained above.

The fair value less any estimated credit adjustments for financial assets and liabilities with maturity dates less than 
one year is assumed to approximate their carrying value.   The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes 
is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to 
the Group for similar transactions.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020116

Revenue recognition

c) 
Revenue represents the value of medical diagnostic services rendered in the year and is stated net of discounts. The 
Group has two types of customers: Walk-in patients and patients served under contract. For patients under contract, 
rates are agreed in advance on a per-test, client-by-client basis.

The following steps are considered for patients served under contracts:

1. 

2. 

 Identification of the Contracts: written contracts are signed between IDH and customers.  The contracts stipulate 
the duration, price per test and credit period.
 Transaction price: Services provided by the Group are distinct in the contract, as the contract stipulates the series of 
tests’ names/types to be conducted along with its distinct prices.   
 Allocation of price to performance obligations: Stand-alone selling price per test is stipulated in the contract.  In 
case of discounts, it is allocated proportionally to all of tests prices in the contract.
 The performance obligations are the diagnostics tests within the pathology and radiology services. The performance 
obligation is achieved when the customer receives their test results, and so are recognised at point in time.
5.  That there are no other revenue streams other than those whose performance obligation occurs at a point in time.

3. 

4. 

Income Taxes

d) 
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax

i. 
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax

ii. 
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. 

However,  deferred  tax  liabilities  are  not  recognised  if  they  arise  from  the  initial  recognition  of  goodwill;  deferred 
income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than 
a business combination and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably 
not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, the carry forward of unused tax credits 
and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will 
be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and 
unused tax losses can be utilised. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is 
realized, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020117

Foreign currency

e) 
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group’s entities at their respective functional currency 
spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. Differences 
arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognised in the income statement.

Non-monetary  items  that  are  measured  in  terms  of  historical  cost  in  a  foreign  currency  are  translated  using  the 
exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign cur-
rency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. On consolidation, the 
assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Egyptian Pounds at the rate of exchange prevailing at 
the reporting date and their statements of profit or loss are translated at average rate (unless this average is not a 
reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case 
income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions). The exchange differences arising 
on translation for consolidation are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation 
reserve or NCI as the case may be. On disposal of a foreign operation, the component of other comprehensive income 
relating to that particular foreign operation is recognised in profit or loss.

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and 
translated at the spot rate of exchange at the reporting date.

Hyperinflationary Economies 

f) 
The financial statements of “SAMA Medical Laboratories Co. and AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian Co.”  report their 
financial  statements  in  the  currency  of  a  hyperinflationary  economy.  In  accordance  with  IAS  29  financial  report-
ing  in  Hyperinflationary  Economies,  the  financial  statements  of  those  subsidiaries  were  restated  by  applying  the 
consumer price index at closing rates in December 2020 6,746 (2019 December, 2,321) before they were included in 
the consolidation financial statements. The comparative information as the financial information as the financial 
information of SAMA Medical Laboratories Co. and AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian Co whose functional currency 
is hyperinflationary is translated into a different presentation currency (EGP), this is done in accordance with IAS 
21 as follows. If the presentation currency is not hyperinflationary, then comparative amounts are not restated for 
changes  in  either  the  general  price  level  in  the  functional  currency  (i.e.  as  otherwise  required  by  IAS  29)  or  the 
exchange rate between the functional and presentation currencies. As such, the comparative amounts remain those 
amounts reported as current for the previous reporting period. When the functional currency of a foreign operation 
is the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, all assets, liabilities, equity items, income and expenses are translated 
using an official exchange rate prevailing at the end of each reporting period.  Exchange differences arising, if any, are 
recognized on income statement within the finance cost and accumulated in equity (attributed to non-controlling 
interests as appropriate). The gain or loss on the net monetary position is recognised in profit or loss.

Property, plant and equipment

g) 
All  property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  historical  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.    Historical  cost  includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s 
carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic 
benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carry-
ing amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated 
statement of income during the financial period in which they are incurred. Land is not depreciated.  Laboratory 
Equipment held to perform the ‘Hub spoke’ at the Mega Lab and provided under lease arrangements are depreciated 
under a unit of production method as this most closely reflects the consumption of benefits from the equipment.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020118

Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost or revalued amounts 
to their residual value over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Buildings

Medical, electric and information systems equipment

Leasehold improvements

Fixtures, fittings & vehicles

50 years

4-10 years

4-5 years

4-16 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount 
is  greater  than  its  estimated  recoverable  amount.  Gains  and  losses  on  disposals  are  determined  by  comparing 
the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within ‘Other (losses)/gains – net’ in the consolidated 
statement of income.

Intangible assets

h) 
Intangible  assets  acquired  separately  are  measured  on  initial  recognition  at  cost.  The  cost  of  intangible  assets 
acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intan-
gible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Internally generated intangibles, excluding capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and the related expen-
diture is reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever 
there  is  an  indication  that  the  intangible  asset  may  be  impaired.  The  amortisation  period  and  the  amortisation 
method  for  an  intangible  asset  with  a  finite  useful  life  are  reviewed  at  least  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period. 
Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in 
the asset are considered to modify the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in 
accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the statement 
of  profit  or  loss  in  the  expense  category  that  is  consistent  with  the  function  of  the  intangible  assets.  The  Group 
amortises intangible assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the following periods:

•  IT development and software 4-5 years

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised, but are tested for impairment annually, either indi-
vidually  or  at  the  cash-generating  unit  level.  The  assessment  of  indefinite  life  is  reviewed  annually  to  determine 
whether the indefinite life continues to be supportable. If not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is 
made on a prospective basis.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020119

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over 
interest in net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair 
value of the non-controlling interest in the acquire.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of CGUs, that 
is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is 
allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management 
purposes. the impairment assessment is done one an annual basis.

Brand
Brand names acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and have an 
indefinite useful life. 

The Group brand names are considered to have indefinite useful life as the Egyptian brands have been established in 
the market for more than 40 years and the health care industry is very stable and continues to grow.  

The Brands are not expected to become obsolete and can expand into different countries and adjacent businesses, 
in addition, there is a sufficient ongoing marketing efforts to support the brands and this level of marketing effort is 
economically reasonable and maintainable for the foreseeable future.

Financial instruments – initial recognition and subsequent measurement

J) 
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity 
instrument of another entity.

i. 
Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, as appro-
priate. All financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus, in the case of financial assets not recorded at fair 
value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Purchases 
or sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention 
in the market place (regular way trades) are recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group commits to 
purchase or sell the asset.

Subsequent measurement

For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are classified in three categories:

•  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
•  Fair value through other comprehensive income 
•  Amortised cost

The Group did not hold any material financial assets classified as financial assets at fair value through the profit or 
loss at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020120

Derecognition

A  financial  asset  (or,  where  applicable,  a  part  of  a  financial  asset  or  part  of  a  group  of  similar  financial  assets)  is 
primarily derecognised (i.e. removed from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position) when:

•  The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired

Or

•  The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the 
received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either 
(a)  the  Group  has  transferred  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  the  asset,  or  (b)  the  Group  has  neither 
transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass- through 
arrangement, it evaluates if, and to what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership. When it has 
neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the 
asset, the Group continues to recognise the transferred asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. In that case, 
the Group also recognises an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on 
a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the origi-
nal carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

Impairment of financial assets

Further disclosures relating to impairment of financial assets are also provided in the following notes:

Disclosures for significant estimates and assumptions

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Note 2.3

Note 14

Note 16

The  Group  uses  an  allowance  matrix  to  measure  the  ECLs  of  trade  receivables  from  individual  customers,  which 
comprise a very large number of small balances. 

Loss  rates  are  calculated  using  a  ‘roll  rate’  method  based  on  the  probability  of  a  receivable  progressing  through 
successive stages of delinquency to write-off. Roll rates are calculated separately for exposures in different segments 
based on credit risk characteristics, age of customer relationship. 

Loss rates are based on actual credit loss experience over the past three years. These rates are multiplied by scalar 
factors to reflect differences between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been 
collected, current conditions and the Groups view of economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020121

ii. 
Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net 
of directly attributable transaction costs.

Put option Echo-Scan included in long-term financial obligations are carried at fair value (note 26).

All of the Group’s financial liabilities are classified as financial liabilities carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments or hedge account for any transactions. 
Unless otherwise indicated, the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial liabilities are a reasonable approximation 
of their fair values.
The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, finance lease liabilities, put option (Bio lab) and 
loans and borrowings including bank overdrafts.

Derecognition

A  financial  liability  is  derecognised  when  the  obligation  under  the  liability  is  discharged  or  cancelled  or  expires. 
When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, 
or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the 
derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying 
amounts is recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

Offsetting of financial instruments

iii. 
Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  offset  and  the  net  amount  is  reported  in  the  consolidated  statement 
of financial position if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an 
intention to settle on a net basis, to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Impairment of non-financial assets

k) 
Further disclosures relating to impairment of non-financial assets are also provided in the following notes:

Disclosures for significant assumptions and estimates

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives

Note 2.3

Note 11

The Group assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indica-
tion exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable 
amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value 
in use. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows 
that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or 
CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax dis-
count rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In 
determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transac-
tions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation 
multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded companies or other available fair value indicators.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020122

The  Group  bases  its  impairment  calculation  on  detailed  budgets  and  forecast  calculations,  which  are  prepared 
separately  for  each  of  the  Group’s  CGUs  to  which  the  individual  assets  are  allocated.  These  budgets  and  forecast 
calculations generally cover a period of five years. A long-term growth rate is calculated and applied to project future 
cash flows after the fifth year.

Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the statement of profit or loss in expense categories 
consistent with the function of the impaired asset, except for properties previously revalued with the revaluation 
taken to other comprehensive income (“OCI”). For such properties, the impairment is recognised in OCI up to the 
amount of any previous revaluation.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indica-
tion that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased.

If  such  indication  exists,  the  Group  estimates  the  asset’s  or  CGU’s  recoverable  amount.  A  previously  recognised 
impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recover-
able amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the 
asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net 
of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in 
the statement of profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated 
as a revaluation increase.

Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  as  at  31  October  and  when  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying 
value may be impaired.

Impairment  is  determined  for  goodwill  by  assessing  the  recoverable  amount  of  each  CGU  (or  group  of  CGUs)  to 
which the goodwill relates. When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impair-
ment loss is recognised. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually as at 31 October at the CGU level, as 
appropriate, and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognized  for  the  amount  by 
which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s 
fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the 
lowest levels for which there are largely independent cash inflows (CGU). Prior impairments of non-financial assets 
(other than goodwill) are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date.

Impairment of trade and notes receivables
The  requirement  for  impairment  of  trade  receivables  is  made  through  monitoring  the  debts  aging  and  reviewing 
customer’s credit position and their ability to make payment as they fall due. An impairment is recorded against 
receivables for the irrecoverable amount estimated by management. At the year end, the provision for impairment 
of trade receivables was EGP 77,727K (31 December 2019: EGP 36,012K) 

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020123

Inventories

l) 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average 
method. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated selling, 
and distribution expenses.

 Cash and short-term deposits

m) 
Cash and short-term deposits in the statement of financial position comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-
term deposits with a maturity of three months or less, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-
term deposits, as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts as they are considered an integral part of the 
Group’s cash management. 

Provisions

n) 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and 
a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the Group expects some or all of a provision to 
be reimbursed, for example, under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but 
only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in the statement 
of profit or loss net of any reimbursement.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, 
when appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the 
passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation 
using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
obligation. The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits

o) 
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. 
The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient 
assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Obligations for 
contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an expense in the income statement in the 
periods during which services are rendered by employees.

Segment reporting

p) 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing per-
formance of the operating segments, has been identified as the steering committee that makes strategic decisions.

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with adopted IFRSs requires man-
agement to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, 
assets and liabilities. 

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020 
124

Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to 
the carrying amount of assets or liabilities affected in future periods.

Other disclosures relating to the Group’s exposure to risks and uncertainties includes:

Capital management

Financial instruments risk management and policies

Sensitivity analyses disclosures

Note 4

Notes 14

Notes 14

Judgments
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management have made a material judgment, that affect the 
application  of  the  Group’s  lease  accounting  policy  and  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  and  expenses. 
Information about judgment, estimate and assumptions relating to leases are set out in note 27.

Estimates and assumptions
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, 
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within 
the next financial year, are described below. 

The  Group  based  its  assumptions  and  estimates  on  parameters  available  when  the  consolidated  financial  state-
ments were prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments, however, may change 
due to market changes or circumstances arising that are beyond the control of the Group. Such changes are reflected 
in the assumptions when they occur.

Impairment of intangible assets
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite lives have suffered any impairment. 
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which 
is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. 

The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use. The value
in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. 

The cash flows are derived from the budget for the next five years and do not include restructuring activities that 
the Group is not yet. committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the asset’s performance of the 
CGU being tested. Significant judgements are used to estimate the growth in the volume of patients and applied in 
computing the recoverable amount of the different Echo Scan CGUs. The sensitivity of estimates used to calculate 
the value in use of each CGU are discussed in note12.

Leases as lessee (IFRS 16)

q) 
At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or con-
tains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange 
for consideration.

As a lessee 
The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of its relative stand-
alone price and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease components.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020125

The  Group  recognises  a  right-of-use  asset  and  a  lease  liability  at  the  lease  commencement  date.  The  right-of-use 
asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease 
payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs 
to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less 
any lease incentives received. 

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to 
the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the 
lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case the 
right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same 
basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment 
losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commence-
ment date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following: 
• 
• 

fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments; 
variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the 
commencement date 
amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and 
the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, 
lease payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, 
and 
penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

• 
• 
• 

• 

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a 
change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, there is a change in the Group’s estimate of 
the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether 
it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment. 

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of 
the right-of-use asset, to the extent that the right-of-use asset is reduced to nil, with any further adjustment required 
from the remeasurement being recorded in profit or loss.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020126

Segment information

3. 
The Group has four operating segments based on geographical location rather than two operating segments based 
on  service  provided,  as  the  Group’s  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (CODM)  reviews  the  internal  management 
reports and KPIs of each geography. 

The Group operates in four geographic areas, Egypt, Sudan, Jordan and Nigeria. The revenue split between the four 
regions is set out below.

For the year ended

Egypt region

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

2,173,411

1,902,788 

For the year ended

Egypt region

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

557,743 

499,745 

Revenue by geographic location

Sudan 
region

37,695

36,927 

Jordan 
region

409,069

256,700 

Nigeria 
region

36,089

30,080 

Net profit and loss by geographic location

Sudan 
region

7,529

3,684 

Jordan 
region

71,043

44,162 

Nigeria 
region

(26,833)

(43,056)

Total

2,656,264 

2,226,495 

Total

609,482

504,535 

Walk-in

contract

Walk-in

contract

Revenue by categories

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

1,119,953

1,536,311

2,656,264

895,335

1,331,160

2,226,495

Revenues by categories 
(restated)

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

1,221,926

1,434,338

2,656,264

974,036

1,252,459

2,226,495

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020127

In  2020,  management  revisited  the  definition  of  contract  customers  who  have  contractual  agreements  and  are 
granted discounts above 20%, hence all cash paying customers with discounts equal or below 20% were reclassified 
as walk-in”. Before 2019, the contract client’s definition included all patients who were granted discounts from the 
regular prices, irrespective of any contractual agreement. Therefore, management revisited the definition and the 
criteria  so  that  contract  clients  only  include  patients  who  have  contractual  agreements  with  IDH.  The  operating 
segment profit measure reported to the CODM is EBITDA, as follows:

 Pathology

Radiology

Revenue by type

Net profit by type

2020

EGP’000

2,595,173

61,092

2019

EGP’000

2,182,208

44,287

2,656,264

2,226,495

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

645,307 

(35,826)

609,482

556,929 

(52,395)

504,534 

The operating segment profit measure reported to the CODM is EBITDA, as follows:

Profit from operations

Property, plant and equipment depreciation

Amortization of Intangible assets

EBITDA

2020

EGP’000

985,546 

179,046 

5,926 

1,170,518 

 2019

EGP’000

790,840 

146,617

6,862

944,319

The non- current assets reported to CODM is in accordance with IFRS are as follows:

For the year ended

Egypt region

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

2,415,220

2,334,043

Non-current assets by geographic location

Sudan 
region

24,132

17,518

Jordan 
region

263,767

237,155

Nigeria 
region

113,941

128,820

Total

2,817,060

2,717,536

Capital management

4. 
The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  s  in  order  to 
provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to 
reduce the cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to sharehold-
ers, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. 

The repatriation of a declared dividend from Egyptian group entities are subject to regulation by Egyptian authorities. 
The outcome of an Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders declaring a dividend is first certified by the General 
Authority for Investment and Free Zones (GAFI). 

Approval is subsequently transmitted to Misr for Central Clearing, Depository and Registry (MCDR) to distribute 
dividends to all shareholders, regardless of their domicile, following notification of shareholders via publication in 
one national newspapers.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020128

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the net debt to equity ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by 
total equity. Net debt is calculated as total liabilities (being total current liabilities plus long-term financial obliga-
tions) less cash and cash equivalents.

As a provider of medical diagnostic services, IDH’s operations in Sudan are not subject to sanctions. 

Total liabilities

Less: cash and short-term deposits (Note 17)

Net debt

Total Equity

Net debt to equity ratio

2020

1,507,295 

(600,130)

907,165 

2019

1,215,907 

(408,892)

807,015 

2,426,374

2,360,256 

37.4%

34.2%

No  changes  were  made  in  the  objectives,  policies  or  processes  for  managing  capital  during  the  years  ended  31 
December 2020 and 2019.

Group information

5. 
Information about subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements of the Group include:

Al Borg Laboratory Company 
(“Al-Borg”)
Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical 
Labs (“Al Mokhtabar”)
Medical Genetic Center
Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group 
(Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan)
Golden Care for Medical Services
Integrated Medical Analysis 
Company (S.A.E)
SAMA Medical Laboratories 
Co.  (“Ultralab medical laboratory “)
AL-Mokhtabar Sudanese Egyptian 
Co.
Integrated Diagnostics Holdings 
Limited

Dynasty Group Holdings Limited

Eagle Eye

Echo-Scan

WAYAK Pharma

% equity interest

Principal  activities

Country of 
Incorporation

2020

Medical diagnostics service

Egypt

99.30%

Medical diagnostics service

Medical diagnostics service

Medical diagnostics service

Holding company of SAMA

Medical diagnostics service

Egypt

Egypt

Jordan

Egypt

Egypt

99.90%

55.00%

60.00%

100.00%

99.60%

Medical diagnostics service

Sudan

80.00%

Medical diagnostics service

Sudan

65.00%

2019

99.30%

99.90%

55.00%

60.00%

100.00%

99.60%

80.00%

65.00%

Intermediary holding 
company
Intermediary holding 
company
Intermediary holding 
company
Medical diagnostics service

Medical services 

Caymans Island

100.00%

100.00%

England and Wales

51.00%

51.00%

Mauritius

76.50%

Nigeria

Egypt

100.00%

99.99%

76.50%

100.00%

99.99%

Full details of the Group historical acquisitions can be found in the prospectus for the initial public offering by the 
Company dated 6 May 2015 and available at www.idhcorp.com.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020Non-Controlling interest

6. 
Non-Controlling Interest is measured at the proportionate share basis. 
Financial information of subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is provided below:

Proportion of equity interest held by non-controlling interests:

Medical Genetic Center
Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group (Hashemite Kingdom 
of Jordan)
SAMA Medical Laboratories Co.  “ Ultra lab medical 
laboratory “
Al Borg Laboratory Company

Country of incorporation

Egypt

Jordan

Sudan

Egypt

Dynasty Group Holdings Limited

England and Wales

2020

45.0%

40.0%

20.0%

0.7%

49%

129

2019

45.0%

40.0%

20.0%

0.7%

49%

Eagle Eye

Mauritius

23.53%

23.53%

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020130

.
s
n
o
i
t
a
n
m

i

i
l
e

y
n
a
p
m
o
c
-
r
e
t
n

i

e
r
o
f
e
b
s
t
n
u
o
m
a
n
o
d
e
s
a
b
s
i

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

s
i

Th
w
o

.

l
e
b
d
e
d

i
v
o
r
p
s
i

s
e
i
r
a
i

d

i
s
b
u
s

e
s
e
h
t

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
s

e

Th

l

a
t
o
T

p
u
o
r
G
y
t
s
a
n
y
D

h
t
i

w
s
e
i
r
a
d
s
b
u
s

i

i

I

C
N

l

a
i
r
e
t
a
m
m

i

r
e
h
t

O

g
r
o
b
A

l

y
n
a
p
m
o
C

y
r
o
t
a
r
o
b
a
L

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

,

0
4
1
1
9
0
3

,

6
0
0
4
3
7

,

)
0
2
4
7
1
(

,

6
8
5

,

6
1
7

8
6
4
5
1

,

)
6
8
0

,

0
1
(

,

2
4
9
1
1
2
1

,

,

3
9
1
0
8
6
1

,

)
7
7
4
4
0
5
(

,

)
1
2
8
0
5
8
(

,

7
3
8

,

6
3
5

,

1

3
8
3

,

6
5
1

9
9
0
2
2
1

,

)
7
4
8
5
2
(

,

)
9
1
9
4
3
(

,

)
1
6
2
6
(

,

2
7
0

,

5
5

9
8
0
6
3

,

)
2
3
8
6
2
(

,

)
9
8
7
5
1
(

,

)
1
2
6

,

2
4
(

)
2
9
9
5
1
(

,

)
1
6
2

,

9
(

1
4
9
3
1
1

,

5
1
6
3
4

,

)
1
2
6
3
2
(

,

)
1
2
1
4
2
(

,

4
1
8

,

9
0
1

3
2
0

,

5
4

7
3
9
0
9
8

,

)
1
7
1
4
8
1
(

,

)
6
4
7
1
1
5
(

,

)
1
6
2
6
(

,

9
5
7

,

8
8
1

,

7
3
2
1
3
7
1

,

0
6
0
1

,

8
1
3
4
5
4

,

8
7
3

,

5
5
4

9
9
5
2

,

3
6
2

5
2
7
6
5
5

,

,

3
9
3
0
4
0
1

,

)
3
8
9
6
1
2
(

,

)
3
5
8
2
6
4
(

,

2
8
2

,

7
1
9

4
2
3

,

0
4

)
9
1
1
3
4
(

,

)
6
8
7
3
6
(

,

5
0
6
3
1
1

,

-

0
0
7

,

6

-

-

3
2
9
1
1
9

,

9
8
8
8
3
2

,

1
9
6
1

,

9
8
8

,

8
3
2

3
0
3
7
5
3

,

5
9
8
6
3
4

,

)
7
9
5
9
9
1
(

,

)
5
2
6
4
5
2
(

,

6
7
9

,

9
3
3

5
0
4

,

2

-

4
8
8
8
9
4

,

)
6
3
4
7
2
1
(

,

)
6
7
7
8
1
3
(

,

9
6
0
9
0
4

,

3
4
0
1
7

,

)
1
9
6
2
(

,

2
5
3

,

8
6

9
1
7
8
2

,

)
8
8
0

,

1
(

7
3
2
3
8
1

,

5
8
1
5
5
1

,

)
9
4
2
4
6
(

,

)
7
1
5
4
0
1
(

,

6
5
6

,

9
6
1

2
8
5

,

8
6

-

3
7
0
3
1
3

,

8
9
8
2
3

,

)
6
5
6
1
7
2
(

,

)
n
a
d
r
o
J

e
t
i

m
e
h
s
a
H
(

f
o
m
o
d
g
n
K

i

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

p
u
o
r
G
b
a
r
A

l

A

n
u
o
y
i
r
a
b
h
k
a
M

l

A

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

-

2
2
8
2

,

)
2
1
4
3
(

,

)
2
1
4

,

3
(

)
9
4
5
1
(

,

-

6
3
7

5
0
1
4

,

)
7
2
(

)
5
0
7
4
(

,

9
0
1

9
4

9
9
0
2
2
1

,

)
7
4
8
5
2
(

,

)
9
1
9
4
3
(

,

)
1
6
2
6
(

,

2
7
0

,

5
5

r
e
t
n
e
C

c
i
t
e
n
e
G

l

i

a
c
d
e
M

:

0
2
0
2
r
o
f
s
s
o
l
r
o
t
fi
o
r
p
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

o
t
d
e
t
a
c
o
l
l
a
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t
d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
t
fi
o
r
P

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

n
o
i
t
i
s
o
p
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

0
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
a
s
a

e
u
n
e
v
e
R

t
fi
o
r
P

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t
e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a
s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

r
a
e
y
r
o
f
n
o
i
t
a
m

r
o
f
n
i

w
o
fl
h
s
a
c
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

0
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
d
e
d
n
e

h
s
a
c
d
n
a
h
s
a
c
n
i

)
e
s
a
e
r
c
e
d
(
/
e
s
a
e
r
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
t
n
e
l
a
v
i
u
q
e

I
C
N
o
t
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

g
n

i
t
a
r
e
p
O

g
n

i
t
s
e
v
n
I

g
n

i
c
n
a
n
F

i

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

2
7
6

,

2
5

5
1
3

,

4
7

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
131

)
7
5
9
5
1
2
(

,

)
3
3
2
9
6
3
(

,

6
7
1

,

1
5
8

,

1

8
0
7

,

4
4
1

7
7
5
6

,

,

3
6
9
6
1
7

)
5
2
5
7
6
(

,

)
9
7
0
1
8
6
(

,

)
4
6
0

,

5
2
(

,

2
0
5
3
0
3
1

,

,

4
6
8
2
3
1
1

,

7
8
8
0
2
7

,

)
4
1
1
2
3
(

,

3
7
7

,

8
8
6

)
6
9
3
6
(

,

)
2
6
4

,

0
2
(

,

0
4
5
4
7
6
2

,

2
1
7
0
3

,

)
4
2
6
7
4
(

,

)
6
2
5
0
2
(

,

)
0
5
1

,

8
6
(

)
0
9
0
6
2
(

,

)
5
9
7

,

5
1
(

-

7
7
6
0
6
1

,

2
7
5
6
2

,

)
6
5
1
7
2
(

,

3
9
0

,

0
6
1

4
4
4

,

8
7

-

)
0
0
5
(

5
6
8
4
3

,

)
9
6
5
6
6
(

,

,

6
6
1
2
0
5
1

,

7
1
2

4
4

0
9
1

,

9
5
5
1
5
4

9
4
7

,

1
5
4

2
6
3
1
2
5

,

7
9
4
5
9
7

,

)
6
5
5
4
9
(

,

)
9
3
9
0
7
1
(

,

4
6
3

,

1
5
0

,

1

9
2
8

-

3
7
1
3
4
4

,

)
0
3
7
3
5
(

,

)
0
6
2
9
2
4
(

,

-

-

4
3
3
7
7
8

,

3
3
8
3
7
2

,

8
4
2
2

,

3
3
8

,

3
7
2

6
4
5
0
8
2

,

1
4
2
7
9
3

,

)
3
9
1
9
6
(

,

)
6
8
1
3
2
1
(

,

8
0
4

,

5
8
4

6
3
4

,

3

-

4
1
4
9
2
2

,

9
6
3
8
6

,

)
3
8
1
0
6
2
(

,

)
4
0
2

,

2
3
(

)
7
1
8

,

9
3
(

0
0
6

,

7
3

l

a
t
o
T

p
u
o
r
G
y
t
s
a
n
y
D

h
t
i

w
s
e
i
r
a
d
s
b
u
s

i

i

I

C
N

l

a
i
r
e
t
a
m
m

i

r
e
h
t

O

g
r
o
b
A

l

y
n
a
p
m
o
C

y
r
o
t
a
r
o
b
a
L

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

0
0
7
6
5
2

,

4
0
5
3
4

,

)
8
7
7
1
1
(

,

6
2
7

,

1
3

2
0
4
7
1

,

)
1
1
7

,

4
(

1
9
4
9
6
1

,

2
9
8
7
7

,

)
8
0
2
2
5
(

,

)
7
4
3
6
4
(

,

8
2
8

,

8
4
1

1
3
5

,

9
5

6
6
5
4
4

,

)
5
9
5
5
1
(

,

)
1
0
5
6
2
(

,

7
7
5
6

,

7
4
0

,

9

-

8
2
6
7

,

)
5
8
3
(

)
5
8
3
(

)
3
7
1
(

-

-

8
8
7

0
0
3
6

,

)
5
0
6
1
(

,

3
8
4

,

5

8
6
4

,

2

-

-

-

0
1
3

0
1
3

)
n
a
d
r
o
J

e
t
i

m
e
h
s
a
H
(

f
o
m
o
d
g
n
K

i

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

p
u
o
r
G
b
a
r
A

l

A

n
u
o
y
i
r
a
b
h
k
a
M

l

A

’

0
0
0
P
G
E

r
e
t
n
e
C

c
i
t
e
n
e
G

l

i

a
c
d
e
M

:

9
1
0
2
r
o
f
s
s
o
l
r
o
t
fi
o
r
p
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

o
t
d
e
t
a
c
o
l
l
a
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i
g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t
d
e
t
a
c
o

l
l
a
t
fi
o
r
P

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
l
a
t
o
T

e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

n
o
i
t
i
s
o
p
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
a
s
a

e
u
n
e
v
e
R

t
fi
o
r
P

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
o
t
e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a
s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

r
a
e
y
r
o
f
n
o
i
t
a
m

r
o
f
n
i

w
o
fl
h
s
a
c
d
e
s
i
r
a
m
m
u
S

:

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
d
e
d
n
e

h
s
a
c
d
n
a
h
s
a
c
n
i

)
e
s
a
e
r
c
e
d
(
/
e
s
a
e
r
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
t
n
e
l
a
v
i
u
q
e

I
C
N
o
t
d
n
e
d

i
v
i
D

g
n

i
t
a
r
e
p
O

g
n

i
t
s
e
v
n
I

g
n

i
c
n
a
n
F

i

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
e
i
t
i
l
i
b
a
i
l

t
n
e
r
r
u
C

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
e
N

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
132

Expenses and other income

7. 
Included in profit and loss are the following:

Impairment on trade and other receivables

(Credit)/Charge for increase in provisions 

Professional and advisory fees

Amortisation

Depreciation

Total

2020

2019 

EGP’000

EGP’000

42,131

(1,865)

16,408

5,926

179,046

241,646

8,647 

3,521 

9,499 

6,862 

146,617 

175,146 

7.1.  Auditor’s remuneration
The  group  paid  or  accrued  the  following  amounts  to  its  auditor  and  its  associates  in  respect  of  the  audit  of  the 
financial statements and for other services provided to the group

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Group’s annual financial 
statements
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Tax compliance and advisory services

7.2.  Net finance costs

Interest expense

Net foreign exchange loss

Bank Charges

Total finance costs

Interest income

Gain on hyperinflationary net monetary position

Total finance income

Net finance cost

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

8,544

4,008

55

8,512 

2,992 

164 

12,607

11,668 

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

(67,851)

(12,580)

(3,676)

(84,107)

(60,997)

(15,517)

(3,591)

(80,105)

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

53,120

14,523

67,643

43,576 

3,833 

47,409 

(16,464)

(32,696)

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020133

Employee numbers and costs

7.3. 
The average number of persons employed by the Group (including directors) during the year and the aggregate pay-
roll costs of these persons, analysed by category, were as follows:

2020

2019

Medical Administration

Total 

Medical Administration

Total 

Average number of 
employees

4,813

798

5,611

4,168 

1,272 

5,440 

Wages and salaries

Social security costs
Contributions to defined 
contribution plan 
Total

2020 
EGP’000

Medical Administration

363,397

19,736

6,888

127,655

5,269

1,473

2019
EGP’000

Total 

491,052

25,005

8,361

Medical Administration

357,308 

20,082 

5,700 

109,932 

4,647 

1,399 

Total 

467,240 

24,729 

7,099 

390,021

134,397

524,418

383,090 

115,978 

499,068 

Details  of  Directors’  and  Key  Management  remuneration  and  share  incentives  are  disclosed  in  the  Remuneration 
Report and note 28.

8. 
a) 

Income tax 
Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Current year tax

WHT suffered

Current tax

DT on undistributed reserves

DT on reversal of temporary differences

Total Deferred tax 

Tax expense recognized in profit or loss

2020

EGP’000

(268,796)

(24,470)

(293,266)

(67,124)

790

(66,334)

(359,600)

2019

EGP’000

 (220,390)

 (27,581)

(247,971)

 (5,241)

(397)

(5,638)

 (253,609)

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

b) 
The Company is treated as a tax resident of Jersey for the purpose of Jersey tax laws and is subject to a tax rate of 0%. 
The Company tax domicile in the UK. As a holding company for the IDH group, the Board concluded that the UK 
represents the most effective and efficient jurisdiction from which to manage the Company. The current income tax 
charge for the Group represents tax charges on profits arising in Egypt, Jordan and Sudan.  The significant profits 
arising within the Group subject to corporate income tax are generated from the Egyptian operations and subject 
to 22.5% (2019: 22.5%) tax rate. The reconciliation of effective income tax rate has been performed using this rate.

In accordance with the Egyptian Law No. 991 of 2005, the employees’ profit share are deducted from the retained 
earnings of the company and are approved by the general association meeting.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020134

In July 2018, the Egyptian Government imposed a new tax related to health care of 0.25% on total income. As result 
the Group has recorded an additional EGP 6.8m in income tax expense.

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by rate of corporation tax in Egypt of 22.5% (2019: 22.5%)

Effect of tax rate in Jersey of 0% (2019: 0%)
Effect of tax rates in Jordan, Sudan and Nigeria of 21%, 30% and 30% respectively (2019: 
21%, 15% and 30%)
Tax effect of:

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

Deferred tax arising on undistributed dividend

Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes - employee profit share

Current year losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized

Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes - other 

Tax expense recognised in profit or loss

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

969,083 

218,044 

12,839 

(3,330)

8,947

91,593

18,223 

11,507 

1,778 

758,143 

170,582 

12,901 

(3,705)

2,018 

32,822

22,430 

12,025

4,536 

359,600 

253,609 

Deferred tax
Deferred tax relates to the following:

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Undistributed reserves from group subsidiaries*

Provisions and finance lease liabilities

Total deferred tax assets - liability 

2020

Assets

EGP’000

-

-

-

1,360

1,360

-

Liabilities

EGP’000

(18,334)

(106,702)

(116,657)

-

(241,693)

(240,333)

2019

Assets

EGP’000

-

-

-

1,360

1,360

-

Liabilities

EGP’000

(17,460)

(108,365)

(49,534)

-

(175,359)

(174,000)

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020135

The difference between net deferred tax balances recorded on the income statement is as follows: 

2020

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Undistributed dividend from group subsidiaries

Provisions and finance lease liabilities

2019

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Undistributed dividend from group subsidiaries

Provisions and finance lease liabilities

Deferred 
tax 
recognized 
in profit or 
loss

(874)

1,663

(91,593)

-

Net Balance 
1 January

(17,460)

(108,365)

(49,534)

1,360

WHT tax 
paid

24,469

Net 
Balance 31 
December

(18,334)

(106,702)

(116,658)

1,360

(173,999)

(90,804)

24,469

(240,334)

Deferred 
tax 
recognised 
in profit or 
loss

3,102

(2,240)

(32,822)

(1,259)

(33,219)

Net balance 
at 1 January

(20,562)

(106,125)

(44,293)

2,619

(168,361)

WHT tax 
paid

27,581

Net 
balance 31 
December

(17,460)

(108,365)

(49,534)

1,360

27,581

(173,999)

All movements in the deferred tax asset/liability in the year have been recognised in the profit or loss account.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets have been calculated based on the enacted tax rate at 31 December 2020 for the 
country the liabilities and assets has arisen. The enacted tax rate in Egypt is 22.5% (2019: 22.5%), Jordan 21% (2019: 
21%), Sudan 30% (2019: 30%) and Nigeria 30% (2019: 30%).

* Undistributed reserves from group subsidiaries

The Group’s dividend policy is to distribute any excess cash after taking into consideration all business cash require-
ments and potential acquisition considerations. The expectation is to distribute profits held within subsidiaries of 
the Group in the near foreseeable future. During 2015 the Egyptian Government imposed a tax on dividends at a rate 
of 5% of dividends distributed from Egyptian entities. On September 30, 2020, the Egyptian government issued a law 
to increase the tax rate on non-distributed dividends to 10%. As a result a deferred tax liability has been recorded for 
the future tax expected to be incurred from undistributed reserves held within the Group which will be taxed under 
the new legislation imposed and were as follows:

Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs

Alborg Laboratory Company

Integrated Medical Analysis Company

Molecular Diagnostic Center 

Medical Genetics Center

Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group

2020

2019 

EGP’000 

EGP’000

58,558

24,122

22,319

-

-

11,659

116,658

22,524

12,343

8,987

434

44

5,202

49,534

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020136

Unrecognized deferred tax assets 
The  following  items  make  up  unrecognised  deferred  tax  assets.  The  local  tax  law  does  not  permit  deductions  for 
provisions against income tax until the provision becomes realised. No deferred tax asset has been recognised on tax 
losses for both Eco Scan Nigeria and Wayak Egypt due to the uncertainty of the available future taxable profit, which 
the Group can use the benefits therefrom.”

Impairment of trade receivables (Note 16)

Impairment of other receivables (Note 16)

Provision for legal claims (Note 22)

Tax losses*

Unrecognized deferred tax asset

2020

Gross 
Amount

EGP’000

77,727 

8,509 

3,134 

107,341 

196,711 

49,844 

2020

Tax Effect

EGP’000

17,489 

1,915 

705 

29,736 

49,844 

2019

Gross 
Amount

EGP’000

36,012 

8,516 

5,082 

57,633 

107,243 

28,452 

* The company has carried forward tax losses on which no deferred tax asset is recognised as follow:

Company

Country

Dynasty Group Holdings Limited

England and Wales

Eagle Eye

Echo-Scan

WAYAK Pharma

Medical Genetic Center

Mauritius

Nigeria

Egypt

Egypt

2020

Gross 
Amount

EGP’000

12,371 

1,222 

81,450 

8,503 

3,795 

107,341 

2019

Tax Effect

EGP’000

8,103 

1,916 

1,143 

17,290 

28,452 

2020

Tax Effect

EGP’000

2,350 

183 

24,435 

1,913 

854 

29,736 

Earnings per share (EPS) 

9. 
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. There are no dilutive effects from ordinary 
share and no adjustment required to weighted-average numbers of ordinary shares.

The following table reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computation:

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent for basic earnings

*Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic and dilutive EPS

Basic and dilutive earnings per share (expressed in EGP)

There is no dilutive effect from equity.

2020

2019 

EGP’000

EGP’000

594,015

600,000

0.99 

510,931

600,000

0.85 

* At the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company held on 23 December 2020, it was resolved that the Company’s existing issued ordinary share 

capital of 150,000,000 ordinary shares of US$1.00 each (the “Existing Ordinary Shares”) will be sub-divided into 600,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.25 

each (the “New Ordinary Shares”) (the “Sub-Division”). The Sub-Division was successfully completed with effect from 24 December 2020.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020 
l

a
t
o
T

9
6
8
2

,

7
0
0
3
7
9

,

,

1
4
4
0
1
2

-

)
2
4
1
9
(

,

)
7
8
6
5
4
(

,

8
8
4

,

1
3
1

,

1

8
2
6
8

,

1
8
6
2
3
1

,

)
4
2
6
6
(

,

)
6
6
7
3
1
(

,

8
2
2
7
6
2

,

2
0
9
8
9

,

)
4
1
5
6
(

,

)
4
7
6
3
1
(

,

2
4
9

,

5
4
3

,

2
3
6
8
1
1

)
7
0
4
1
(

,

)
3
7
7
3
(

,

4
9
3

,

9
5
4

3
1
0

,

3
9
7

6
4
5

,

5
8
7

-

-

-

-

-

9
9
0
4

,

-

-

-

9
9
0

,

4

4
2
3
1

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7
0
4

,

2
5
2

,

1

3
2
4

,

5

-

-

8
3
7
5
5

,

7
4
7
5
4
1

,

1
1
0
5

,

4
2
9

,

9
1

)
6
9
6
4
(

,

)
5
6
8
6
7
1
(

,

-

)
8
3
9
(

)
9
8
7
2
(

,

8
0
2

,

1
2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3
2
4

,

5

9
9
0

,

4

8
0
2

,

1
2

4
2
9

,

9
1

*
*
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

n
o

t
n
e
m
y
a
P

&
g
n
d

i

l
i

u
B

l

d
o
h
e
s
a
e
L

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m

i

n

i

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
c

,

s
e
r
u
t
x
F

i

&
s
g
n
i
t
t
i
f

l

d
o
h
e
s
a
e
L

,
l

i

a
c
d
e
M

&
c
i
r
t
c
e
e

l

m
e
t
s
y
s

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

-

6
0
5
5
5

,

6
5
7
4
1

,

-

)
3
6
7
2
(

,

)
8
9
5
5
(

,

0
6
5
4

,

1
6
4

,

6
6

3
0
7
8

,

)
2
2
5
(

)
1
8
3
1
(

,

1
6
2

,

3
7

0
4
1
5

,

4
3
7
1
2

,

)
8
3
2
2
(

,

)
6
6
5
3
(

,

0
7
0

,

1
2

4
5
1
6

,

1
8
8

)
6
7
8
(

9
2
2

,

7
2

2
3
0

,

6
4

1
9
3

,

5
4

l

s
e
c
h
e
v

i

-

1
6
9
2
4

,

8
7
4
5
8
1

,

-

)
2
1
7
1
(

,

)
7
7
5
9
(

,

1
3
1
8

,

3
7
4
2
3

,

1
8
2

,

5
2
2

)
8
3
6
(

)
3
4
6
2
(

,

3
7
4

,

4
5
2

3
0
8
0
8

,

2
5
0
8
2

,

)
2
5
3
1
(

,

)
5
9
3
2
(

,

7
6
9
3
3

,

8
0
1

,

5
0
1

7
8

)
0
5
6
(

2
1
5

,

8
3
1

1
6
9

,

5
1
1

3
7
1

,

0
2
1

9
6
8
2

,

8
3
2
2
9

,

3
1
6
7
6
3

,

)
7
6
6
4
(

,

)
7
4
5
1
2
(

,

4
6
8
6
4

,

0
7
3

,

3
8
4

8
2
6
8

,

5
1
6
4
8

,

)
5
7
6
2
(

,

)
1
4
2
8
(

,

7
9
6

,

5
6
5

9
4
3
2
3
1

,

4
5
0
8
5

,

)
4
2
9
2
(

,

)
3
3
4
7
(

,

6
4
0

,

0
8
1

4
5
4
0
7

,

)
0
8
3
2
(

,

)
1
9
1
2
(

,

9
2
9

,

5
4
2

8
6
7

,

9
1
3

4
2
3

,

3
0
3

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e

i

&
d
n
a
L

s
g
n
d

i

l
i

u
B

-

-

9
4
6

3
6
6
8
1
2

,

-

-

5
5
5

)
9
6
2
4
(

,

0
1
3
7
1
1

,

3
5
3

,

2
3
3

)
3
6
5
(

5
4
3

,

2
3
3

-

6
5
6
7

,

2
4
3
2
3

,

)
0
8
2
(

8
1
7

,

9
3

7
5
0
8

,

5

)
6
5
(

4
2
7

,

7
4

1
2
6

,

4
8
2

5
3
6

,

2
9
2

n
o
i
t
a
n

i
b
m
o
c

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
b
n

i

d
e
r
i

u
q
c
A

n
o
i
t
a
u
l
a
v
r
o
t
s
o
C

9
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
A

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n

i

r
e
p
y
h

*
s
n
o
i
t
i

d
d
A

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

s
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

0
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

n
o
i
t
a
fl
n

i

r
e
p
y
h

s
n
o
i
t
i

d
d
A

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o
f

e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

9
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
A

9
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o
f

e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

0
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

i

s
e
c
n
e
r
e
ff
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

s
l
a
s
o
p
s
i
D

e
u
l
a
v
k
o
o
b
t
e
N

0
2
0
2
-
2
1
-
1
3
t
A

9
1
0
2
-
2
1
-
1
3
t
A

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
d
n
a
t
n
a
p

l

,

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
P

.

0
1

137

t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
e

l
l

a
e
s
u
a
c
e
b

s
t
s
o
c

g
n
i
w
o
r
r
o
b
d
e
s
i
l

a
t
i
p
a
c

y
n
a
d
e
d
u

l
c
n
I

t
o
n
t
n
u
o
m
a
s
i

Th

.

0
2
0
2

y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F
n
i
d
e
n
e
p
o

)
a
r
b
u
o
h
S
(
h
c
n
a
r
b
w
e
n
n
a
c
S

g
r
o
b
l
A

f
o

t
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
e

l

a
c
i
d
e
m
e
h
t

o
t
d
e
t
a

l
e
r

.

m
3
0
1
P
G
E
e
d
u

l
c
n
i

s
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
*

.

e
l

u
d
e
h
c
s

t
n
e
m
y
a
p
a
a
i
v
ff
o
g
n
i
y
a
p
e
r
a
d
n
a
4
2
0
2
-
3
2
0
2
s
r
a
e
y
n
i
n
w
o
d
n
a
e
v
i
e
c
e
r

l
l
i

w
H
D

I

t
a
h
t

s
e
h
c
n
a
r
b
o
t

t
c
e
p
s
e
r
h
t
i

w
a
s
a
e
d
a
m

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
o
t

s
e
t
a

l
e
r

s
i
h
t

t
n
u
o
c
c
a
n
o
t
n
e
m
y
a
P
*
*

.

e
s
u
o
t

y
d
a
e
r

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
138

Leased equipment 
The Group leases medical and electric equipment under lease arrangements. This equipment is supplied to service 
the Group’s new state-of-the-art Mega Lab. 

11. 

Intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Additions

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2019

Additions (note 6)

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020

Amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2019

Amortisation

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2019

Amortisation

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Goodwill

Brand Name

EGP’000

EGP’000

Software

EGP’000

1,270,996

-

(6,910)

1,264,086

-

(2,278)

1,261,808

1,849

-

-

1,849

-

-

1,849

386,757

-

(2,343)

384,414

-

(492)

383,922

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,259,959

1,262,237

383,922

384,414

55,170

4,688

(300)

59,558

7,639

(40)

67,157

38,611

6,862

(100)

45,373

5,926

(16)

51,283

15,874

14,185

Total

EGP’000

1,712,923

4,688

(9,553)

1,708,058

7,639

(2,810)

1,712,887

40,460

6,862

(100)

47,222

5,926

(16)

53,132

1,659,755

1,660,836

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 202012.  Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives (note 2.2-i)
Goodwill acquired through business combinations and intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to the 
Group’s CGUs as follows:

139

Medical Genetics Center
Goodwill 

Al Makhbariyoun Al Arab Group (“Biolab”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Golden Care for Medical Services (“Ultralab”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Alborg Laboratory Company (“Al-Borg”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs (“Al-Mokhtabar”)
Goodwill
Brand name

Echo-Scan
Goodwill

Balance at 31 December

2020

EGP’000

2019

EGP’000

1,755
1,755

46,174
20,165
66,339

2,703
372
3,075

497,275
142,066
639,341

699,102
221,319
920,421

1,755
1,755

47,096
20,567
67,663

3,353
462
3,815

497,275
142,066
639,341

699,102
221,319
920,421

12,950
12,950
1,643,881

13,656
13,656
1,646,651

The Group performed its annual impairment test in October 2020. Nothing occurred between the impairment test 
and  the  balance  sheet  date  that  would  require  the  assumptions  in  the  models  to  be  updated. The  Group  consid-
ers the relationship between its market capitalisation and its book value, among other factors, when reviewing for 
indicators of impairment.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020140

Assumptions used in value in use calculations and sensitivity to changes in assumptions 
IDH instructed Alpha Capital an independent financial advisor, to prepare an independent impairment assessment 
of the Group’s CGUs. The assessment was carried out based on business plans provided by IDH.

These plans have been prepared based on criteria set out below: 

Ultra Lab

Bio Lab

Year 2020

Al-
Mokhtabar

Al-Borg

Echo-Scan

Average annual patient growth rate 
from 2021 -2025
Average annual price per test 
growth rate from 2021 -2025
Annual revenue growth rate from 
2021 -2025
Average gross margin from 2021 
-2025
Terminal value growth rate from 1 
January 2026
Discount rate

8%

2%

11%

36.5%

1%

34.5%

6%

0%

6%

46.4%

2%

18.6%

5%

7%

12%

55%

3%

5%

7.5%

13%

49%

3%

20.3%

20.3%

25%

9.5%

54%

53%

2%

20%

Average annual patient growth rate 
from 2020 -2024
Average annual price per test 
growth rate from 2020 -2024
Annual revenue growth rate from 
2020 -2024
Average gross margin from 2020 
-2024
Terminal value growth rate from 1 
January 2025
Discount rate

Ultra Lab

Bio Lab

Year 2019

Al-
Mokhtabar

Al-Borg

Echo-Scan

8%

4%

14%

36%

2%

5%

0%

5%

40%

2%

4%

8%

12%

52%

3%

4%

9%

13%

47%

3%

25%

13%

51%

46%

2%

27.20%

14.70%

16.60%

16.20%

22.20%

During  year  2020,  The  management  has  conducted  business  plan  projection  with  the  help  of  an  independent 
advisor  (Alpha  Capital),  using  the  assumptions  above  to  be  able  to  calculate  the  net  present  value  of  the  asset 
in  use  and  determine  the  recoverable  amount.  The  projected  cash  flows  from  2021-  2025  have  been  based  on 
detailed forecasts prepared by management for each CGU and a terminal value thereafter. Management have used 
experience and historic trends achieved to determine the key growth rate and margin assumptions set out above. 
The terminal value growth rate applied is not considered to exceed the average growth rate for the industry and 
geographic locations of the CGUs. 

Given the economic implication following Covid-19 pandemic, management opted to be conservative in the assumptions 
which are reflected in a low average annual price increase and a higher discount rate. Starting H2 2020 patients returned 
to the Labs to conduct their routine tests. Factoring out PCR tests from H2 volume, routine tests are almost at par vs. same 
period last year, hence, Management estimated the volume to be recovered to pre COVID level starting 2022 Echo Scan is 
expected to recover starting 2021 driven by the increase of both brand awareness and the demand of its services in Nigeria.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020141

As a sensitivity analysis, Management considered a change in the discount rates of 5% increase to reflect additional 
risk that could reasonably be foreseen in the marketplaces in which the Group operates. This has not result to an 
impairment under any of the CGUs. 

For  Goodwill  allocated  to  Echo  Scan  CGU,  management  further  considered  a  reduction  in  the  projected  annual 
growth in patient volume to a compound average growth rate of 12%. Under these circumstances, the group would 
have recognised an impairment charge of EGP 19.5m.  EGP 13.0m of this impairment charge would have been allo-
cated to goodwill. A fair value assessment would be made over the property plant and equipment in order to consider 
if the additional EGP 6.5m of impairment is required over these assets.

This recoverable amount is then compared to the carrying value of the asset as recorded in the books and records of 
IDH plc.  The WACC has been used considering the risks of each CGU. These risks include country risk, currency risk 
as well as the beta factor relating to the CGU and how it performs relative to the market. 

13. 

Other investees

Equity investment*

Balance at 31 December

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

9,604 

9,604 

6,391 

6,391 

*Biolab has signed an agreement with EVEX Medical Corporation to establish the biggest laboratory among the West Asia countries located in Tbilisi. 

Biolab received consideration in the form of equity for its management services rendered to EVEX Medical corporation. This 4000-square-meters diag-

nostic medical laboratory will connect more than 40 hospitals, and diagnostic centres that are part of EVEX group, utilizing the advanced technological 

systems that Biolab created in Jordan. EVEX Medical Corporation is the largest chain of hospitals in Georgia, currently represented with 78 clinics in 

6 regions of Georgia.

The agreement is based on two elements:

1. 
2. 

Implementation of the technological platforms and biolab LIMS at Evex labs.
 Taking the Mega Lab through the journey of Joint Commission International accreditation (JCI), within two years 
from the expected launch date of the central laboratory.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020142

14.  Financial assets and financial liabilities
The fair values of all financial assets and financial liabilities by class shown in the balance sheet are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalent

Short term deposits - treasury bills

Trade and other receivables (Note 16)

Total financial assets

Trade and other payables

Put option liability

Lease liabilities

Loans and borrowings 

Total other financial liabilities

Total financial instruments

2020

EGP’000

600,130

276,625

364,117

1,240,872

2020

EGP’000

380,201 

314,057 

459,043 

96,455 

1,249,756 

(8,884)

2019

EGP’00

408,892

221,617

289,833

920,342

2019

EGP’00

315,054 

229,164 

338,073 

111,750 

994,041 

(73,699)

The fair values measurements for all the Group companies have been categorized as Level 2, except Echo-Scan which 
has been categorized as level 3, it is fair value can’t be determined by using readily observable measures.

Echo-Scan  put  option  (note  26)  has  been  categorized  as  Level  3  as  the  fair  value  of  the  option  is  based  on  un-
observable inputs using the best information available in the current circumstances, including the company’s own 
projection and taking into account all the market assumptions that are reasonably available.

Financial instruments risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s principal financial liabilities are trade and other payables, put option liability and finance lease liabili-
ties. The Group’s principal financial assets include trade and other receivables, and cash and short-term deposits 
that derive directly from its operations.

The Group is exposed to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program 
focuses on the unpredictability of markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance.  The  Group’s  senior  management  oversees  the  management  of  these  risks.  The  Board  of  Directors 
reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks, which are summarised below. 

The board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, 
such  as  foreign  exchange  risk,  interest  rate  risk,  and  credit  risk,  use  of  derivative  financial  instruments  and  non-
derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

-  Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes 
in market prices. Market risk comprises three types of risk: interest rate risk, currency risk and other price risk, such as 
equity price risk and commodity risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and borrowings and 
deposits. The sensitivity analyses in the following sections relate to the position as at 31 December in 2020 and 2019. The 
sensitivity analyses have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest 
rates of the debt and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020143

The analyses exclude the impact of movements in market variables on: the carrying values of pension and other post-
retirement obligations; provisions; and the non-financial assets and liabilities of foreign operations. The following 
assumptions have been made in calculating the sensitivity analyses:

•  The sensitivity of the relevant statement of profit or loss item is the effect of the assumed changes in respective 
market risks. This is based on the financial assets and financial liabilities held at 31 December 2020 and 2019.

Interest rate risk

- 
The Group is trying to minimize its interest rate exposure, especially in Egypt region, characterized by decreasing 
interest rate environment. This is achieved partially by entering into fixed-rate instrument and partly by borrowing 
at the floating rate. 

Exposure to interest rate risk
The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments as reported to the management of the 
group is as follow:

Fixed-rate instruments

Lease liabilities (note 27)

Variable-rate instruments

Loans and borrowings (note 25)

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

459,043

338,073

93,033

106,721

The Group does not account for any fixed-rate financial liabilities at FVTPL. Therefore, a change in interest rates at 
the reporting date would not affect profit or loss. 

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable-rate instruments
A  reasonable  possible  change  of  100  basis  points  in  interest  rates  at  the  reporting  date  would  have  increased 
(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts EGP 930K. This analysis assumes that all other variables, remain constant. 

-  Foreign currency risk
Foreign  currency  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  fair  value  or  future  cash  flows  of  an  exposure  will  fluctuate  because  of 
changes in foreign exchange rates. 

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, 
primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Sudanese Pound, the Jordanian Dinar and Nigerian Naira. Foreign exchange 
risk arises from to the Group’s operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in a foreign currency), 
recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. However, the management aims to mini-
mize open positions in foreign currencies to the extent that is necessary to conduct its activities.

Management has set up a policy to require group companies to manage their foreign exchange risk against their 
functional  currency.  Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  when  future  commercial  transactions  or  recognised  assets  or 
liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020144

At year end, major financial assets / (liabilities) denominated in foreign currencies were as follows (the amounts 
presented are shown in the foreign currencies in thousands):

Assets

Liabilities

31-Dec-20

Cash 
and  cash 
equivalents

Other 
assets

Total 
assets

Put option

Finance 
lease

Trade 
payables

Total 
liability

Net 
exposure

US 
Dollars
Euros 

GBP

JOD

SDG

NGN

US 
Dollars
Euros 

GBP

JOD

SDG

5,232 

328 

5,560 

8 

4 

3,488 

8,527 

-

-

2,813 

9,521 

8 

4 

6,301 

18,048 

(4,326)

(1,859)

(6,185)

(72)

(9)

(3,195)

(22,387)

(72)

(9)

(19,405)

(45,850)

(625)

(64)

(5)

(13,104)

(27,802)

(12,794)

-

(3,416)

(23,463)

212,249 

223,448 

435,697 

(771,189)

(359,641)

(353,546)

(1,484,376)

(1,048,679)

Assets

Liabilities

31-Dec-19

Cash 
and  cash 
equivalents

Other 
assets

Total 
assets

Put option

Finance 
lease

Trade 
payables

Total 
liability

Net 
exposure

(4,049)

(1,330)

(5,379)

(1,267)

3,715 

397 

4,112 

9 

4 

986 

13,608 

-

-

2,224 

10,150 

9 

4 

3,210 

23,758 

(8,850)

-

(3,252)

(15,559)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

The following is the exchange rates applied:

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SAR
SDG
NGN

US Dollars
Euros 
GBP
JOD
SAR
SDG
NGN

(14)

-

(1,894)

(20,253)

(14)

-

(13,996)

(35,812)

(5)

4 

(10,786)

(12,054)

Average rate for the year 
ended

31-Dec-20  

15.71
17.85
20.25
22.13
4.21
0.29
0.04

31-Dec-19
16.68 
18.68 
21.35 
23.49 
4.47 
0.36 
0.05 

Spot rate for the year ended

31-Dec-20  

15.66
19.23
21.38
22.06
4.18
0.28
0.04

31-Dec-19
15.98 
17.94 
21.09 
22.50 
4.26 
0.35 
0.04 

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020145

At 31 December 2020, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other 
variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have increased / decreased by EGP (27m) (2019: EGP (1.2m)), 
mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of US dollar-denominated financial assets and liabilities.

At 31 December 2020, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Jordanian Dinar 
with all other variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have been increased / decreased by EGP 
17m (2019: EGP 37m), mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of JOD - denominated 
financial assets and liabilities.

At 31 December 2020, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 25% against the Sudanese Pound with 
all other variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have been increased / decreased by EGP 

(1.2m) (2019: EGP 2.6m), mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of SDG -denominated 
financial assets and liabilities.

At 31 December 2020, if the Egyptian Pounds had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Nigeria Naira with all 
other variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have been increased / decreased by EGP 4m (2019: 8m), 
mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of SDG -denominated financial assets and liabilities. 

-  Price risk
The  group  does  not  have  investments  in  equity  securities  or  bonds  and  accordingly  is  not  exposed  to  price  risk 
related to the change in the fair value of the investments.

-  Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk a financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to 
meet its contractual obligations and if arises principally from under the Groups receivables. The Group is exposed 
to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and from its financing activities, including 
deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments.

Credit risk is managed on a group basis, except for credit risk relating to accounts receivable balances. Each local 
entity is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each of their new clients before standard payment 
and delivery terms and conditions are offered. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial 
instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including 
outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 

For banks and financial institutions, the Group is only dealing with the banks which have a high independent rating 
and a good reputation.

Trade receivables
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, 
management also considers the factors that may influence the credit risk of its customer base, including the default 
risk  associated  with  the  industry  and  country  or  region  in  which  customers  operate.  Details  of  concentration  of 
revenue are included in the operating segment note (see Note 3). 

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020146

The risk management committee has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed individu-
ally for creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered and credit 
limit is set for each customer. The Group’s review includes external ratings, if available, financial statements, industry 
information  and  in  some  cases  bank  references.  Receivable  limits  are  established  for  each  customer  and  reviewed 
quarterly. Any receivable balance exceeding the set limit requires approval from the risk management committee. In 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the risk management committee has also been performing more frequent reviews 
of sales limits for customers in regions and industries that are severely impacted. Outstanding customer receivables are 
regularly monitored and the average general credit terms given to contract customers are 45 - 60 days.

An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date on an individual basis for major clients. In addition, a large number 
of minor receivables are grouped into homogenous groups and assessed for impairment collectively. The calculation is based 
on actual incurred historical data and expected future credit losses. The Group does not hold collateral as security.

The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  at  the  reporting  date  is  the  carrying  value  of  each  class  of  financial  assets 
disclosed in Note 16. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by the Group’s treasury department in 
accordance with the Group’s policy. Investments of surplus funds are made only with approved counterparties and 
within  credit  limits  assigned  to  each  counterparty.  Counterparty  credit  limits  are  reviewed  by  the  Group’s  Board 
of Directors on an annual basis and may be updated throughout the year subject to approval of the Group’s man-
agement. The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial loss through a 
counterparty’s potential failure to make payments.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents dis-
closed in Note 17.

-  Liquidity risk
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of finance 
leases and loans.

The  table  below  summarises  the  maturity  profile  of  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  based  on  contractual  undis-
counted payments:

Year ended 31 December 2020

Lease liabilities 

Put option liability

Loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables

Year ended 31 December 2019

Lease liabilities 

Put option liability

Loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables

1 year or 
less

126,999

282,267

33,977

380,201

823,444

1 year or 
less

117,712

199,141

38,580

315,054

670,487

1 to 5 years

more than 5 
years

463,646

31,790

70,001

-

131,605

-

11,252

-

Total

722,250

314,057

115,230

380,201

565,437

142,857

1,531,738

1 to 5 years

more than 5 
years

368,832

-

85,726

-

87,558

41,732

23,834

-

Total

574,102

240,873

148,140

315,054

454,558

153,124

1,278,169

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020147

Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the group and aggregated by group finance. Group 
finance monitors rolling forecasts of the group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet opera-
tional needs. Such forecasting takes into consideration the group’s compliance with internal financial position ratio 
targets and, if applicable external regulatory or legal requirements – for example, currency restrictions.

The group’s management retain cash balances in order to allow repayment of obligations in due dates, without taking 
into account any unusual effects which it cannot be predicted such as natural disasters. All suppliers and creditors 
will be repaid over a period not less 30 days from the date of the invoice or the date of the commitment.

15. 

Inventories

Chemicals and operating supplies

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

100,115

100,115

84,339

84,339

During 2020, EGP 466,679k (2019: EGP 391,574k) was recognised as an expense for inventories, this was recognised 
in cost of sales. The major balance of the raw material is represented in the Kits; slow-moving items of those Kits 
are immaterial.  The shelf life of the kits ranges between 3-6 months and high proportion of the kits are used before 
expiry date. Noting that day’s inventory outstanding stands as 72 days at 31 Dec 2020  

16. 

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses

Receivables due from related parties

Other receivables

Accrued revenue

2020

EGP’000

325,770

19,363

2,910

34,431

1,006

2019

EGP’000

260,746 

32,972 

6,191 

21,969 

927 

383,480

322,805 

For terms and conditions relating to related party receivables, refer to Note 28.

As at 31 December 2020, the expected credit loss related to trade and other receivables was EGP 86,237k (2019: EGP 
44,528k). Below show the movements in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables: 

At 1 January 

Charge for the year

Utilised

Unused amounts reversed

Exchange differences

At 31 December

No debts have met the group’s definition of default

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

44,528

42,131

(3,629)

(837)

4,044

86,237

37,811 

8,647 

(493)

(1,155)

(282)

44,528 

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020148

The Group allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on data that is determined to be predictive of the risk 
of loss (historical customer’s collection, Customers’ contracts conditions) and applying experienced credit judge-
ment. Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative and quantitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default.

Expected credit loss assessment is based on the following:

1.  The customer list was divided into 9 sectors
2. 
3. 

Each sector was divided according to customers aging 
 Each sector was studied according to the historical events of each sector. According to the study conducted, the 
expected default rate was derived from each of the aforementioned period.
General economic conditions

4. 

Based on the expected credit loss assessment, additional provision was calculated for each period, yielding an addi-
tional Expected Credit Losses (ECL) for IDH Group amounting to EGP 42 million. On quarterly basis, IDH revises 
its forward-looking estimates and the general economic conditions to assess the expected credit loss, which will be 
mainly based on current and expected inflation rates. The results of the quarterly assessment will increase/decrease 
the percentage allocated to each period.

A  reasonable  possible  change  of  100  basis  points  in  the  expected  credit  loss  at  the  reporting  date  would  have 
increased  (decreased)  profit  or  loss  by  the  amount  of  EGP  4,035K.  This  analysis  assumes  that  all  other  variables 
remain constant.

The following table provides information about the exposure to credit risk and ECLs for trade receivables and con-
tract assets from individual customers as at:  

31-Dec-20

Current (not past due)

1–30 days past due

31–60 days past due

61–90 days past due

91–120 days past due

121–150 days past due

More than 150 days past due

31-Dec-19

Current (not past due)

1–30 days past due

31–60 days past due

61–90 days past due

91–120 days past due

121–150 days past due

More than 150 days past due

Weighted 
average loss 
rate

EGP’000

0.00%

5.06%

6.18%

13.61%

18.85%

36.38%

89.98%

Weighted 
average loss 
rate

EGP’000

0.06%

0.15%

0.24%

8.14%

11.09%

12.97%

41.17%

Gross 
carrying 
amount

EGP’000

187,705 

63,771 

46,097 

17,322 

9,816 

6,436 

72,350 

Gross 
carrying 
amount

EGP’000

89,066

55,915

38,601

16,544

9,594

8,716

78,308

Loss 
allowance

EGP’000

-

(3,228)

(2,847)

(2,358)

(1,850)

(2,341)

(65,103)

Loss 
allowance

EGP’000

(56)

(81)

(94)

(1,347)

(1,064)

(1,131)

(32,239)

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020149

As at 31 December, the ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

Total

< 30 days

30-60 days

61-90 days

> 90 days

2020

2019

325,770 

260,746 

248,248 

144,856 

43,250 

38,508 

14,964 

15,197 

19,308 

62,185 

17.  Cash and cash equivalent

Cash at banks and on hand

Treasury bills

Short-term deposits

2020

253,225

184,525

162,380

600,130

2019

93,471 

194,302 

121,119 

408,892 

Cash at banks earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits and treasury 
bills are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash require-
ments of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit weighted average rate 7% and Treasury 
bills 10% per annum.

18.  Restricted cash

Restricted cash

19. 

 Other investments 

Fixed term deposits

Treasury bills

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

-

-

247 

247 

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

-

276,625

276,625

-   

221,617 

221,617 

The maturity date of the fixed term deposit and treasury bills is between 9–12 months and the effective interest rate 
on the treasury bills is 10% (2019: 16.65%). 

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020150

20.  Share capital and reserves
The Company’s ordinary share capital is $150,000,000 equivalent to EGP 1,072,500,000.
All shares are authorised and fully paid and have a par value of 2020 $0.25 (2019: $1).

In issue at beginning of the year

In issue at the end of the year

Ordinary 
shares

Ordinary 
shares

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

150,000,000

150,000,000

600,000,000*

150,000,000

* At the Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company held on 23 December 2020, it was resolved that the Company’s existing issued ordinary share 

capital of 150,000,000 ordinary shares of US$1.00 each (the “Existing Ordinary Shares”) will be sub-divided into 600,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.25 

each (the “New Ordinary Shares”) (the “Sub-Division”). The Sub-Division was successfully completed with effect from 24 December 2020.

Capital reserve
The  capital  reserve  was  created  when  the  Group’s  previous  parent  company,  Integrated  Diagnostics  Holdings 
LLC – IDH (Caymans) arranged its own acquisition by Integrated Diagnostics Holdings PLC, a new legal parent. 
The balances arising represent the difference between the value of the equity structure of the previous and new 
parent companies.

Legal reserves
Legal reserve was formed based on the legal requirements of the Egyptian law governing the Egyptian subsidiaries. 
According to the Egyptian subsidiaries’ article of association 5% (at least) of the annual net profit is set aside to from 
a legal reserve. The transfer to legal reserve ceases once this reserve reaches 50% of the entity’s issued capital. If the 
reserve falls below the defined level, then the entity is required to resume forming it by setting aside 5% of the annual 
net profits until it reaches 50% of the issued share capital.

Put option reserve 
Through acquisitions made within the Group, put option arrangements have been entered into to purchase the 
remaining equity interests in subsidiaries from the vendors at a subsequent date. At acquisition date an initial 
put option liability is recognised and a corresponding entry recognised within the put option reserve. After initial 
recognition the accounting policy for put options is to recognise all changes in the carrying value of the liability 
within  put  option  reserve.  When  the  put  option  is  exercised  by  the  vendors  the  amount  recognised  within  the 
reserve will be reversed.

Translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the 
financial statements of foreign subsidiaries.

21.  Distributions made and proposed

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid:

US$ 0.19 per qualifying ordinary share (2019: US$ 0.18)

After the balance sheet date, the following dividends were proposed by the directors (the 
dividends have not been provided for):

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

441,855

441,855

455,831

442,116

442,116

466,968

US$ 0.0.049 per share (2019: $0.19) per share

455,831

466,968

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 202022.  Provision

At 1 January 2020

Provision made during the year

Provision used during the year

Provision reversed during the year

At 31 December 2020

Current

Non- Current

At 1 January 2019

Provision made during the year

Provision used during the year

Provision reversed during the year

At 31 December 2019

Current

Non- Current

151

Total

EGP’000

5,273 

3,194 

(5,040)

(20)

3,407 

-

3,407 

Total

EGP’000

14,842 

3,521 

(1,267)

(11,823)

5,273 

Provision 
for legal 
claims

EGP’000

5,082 

3,194 

(5,040)

(20)

3,216 

-

3,216 

Provision 
for legal 
claims

EGP’000

2,828 

3,521 

(1,267)

5,082 

5,082 

5,273 

Egyptian 
Government 
Training 
Fund for 
employees

EGP’000

191 

-

-

-

191 

-

191 

Egyptian 
Government 
Training 
Fund for 
employees

EGP’000

12,014 

-   

-   

(11,823)

191 

191 

Legal claims provision
The amount comprises the gross provision in respect of legal claims brought against the Group. Management’s opin-
ion, after taking appropriate legal advice, is that the outcome of these legal claims will not give rise to any significant 
loss beyond the amounts provided as at 31 December 2020.

23.  Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accrued expenses 

Other payables

Accrued interest 

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

178,042

151,201

50,959

3,421

383,623

145,195 

129,357 

40,502 

5,029 

320,083

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020152

24.  Short-term financial obligations

Put option liability

Lease liabilities

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

282,267

60,517

342,784

199,141 

61,712 

260,853

The accounting policy for put options after initial recognition is to recognise all changes in the carrying value of the 
put liability within equity. 

Through  the  historic  acquisitions  of  Makhbariyoun  Al  Arab  the  Group  entered  into  separate  put  option  arrange-
ments to purchase the remaining equity interests from the vendors at a subsequent date. At acquisition a put option 
liability has been recognised for the net present value for the exercise price of the option. 

The options are calculated at seven times EBITDA of the last 12 months – Net Debt and exercisable in whole from the 
fifth anniversary of completion of the original purchase agreement, which fell due in June 2016. The vendor has not 
exercised this right at 31 December 2020

25.  Loan and borrowings
1. 

The financial leverage shall not exceed the following percentages  

Year

%

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2.33

1.71

2.31

1.95

1.64

1.47

“Financial leverage”: total liabilities divided by net equity

The debt service ratios (DSR) shall not be less than 1.

2. 
“Debt service ratios”: cash operating profit after tax plus Depreciation for the financial year less annual mainte-
nance on machinery and equipment divided by total distributions plus accrued interest and loan instalments.

3. 
The current ratios shall not be less than 1.
“Current ratios”: Current assets divided current liabilities.

4. 
The  capital  expansions  in  AL  Mokhtabar  company  shall  not  exceed  EGP  50m  per  year,  other  than  year 
2017 which includes in addition the value of the building financed by EGP 110m loan facility. This condition is valid 
throughout the term of the loan.

The agreement includes other non-financial covenants which relate to the impact of material events on the Company 
and the consequential ability to repay the loan.

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020 
153

A) 
In  July  2018,  AL-Borg  lab,  one  of  IDH  subsidiaries,  was  granted  a  medium  term  loan  amounting  to  EGP 
130.5m from Ahli united bank “AUB Egypt” to finance the investment cost related to the expansion into the radiology 
segment. As at 31 December 2020 only EGP 54.4m had been drawn down from the total facility available. The loan 
contains the following financial covenants which if breached will mean the loan is repayable on demand:

The financial leverage shall not exceed 0.7 throughout the period of the loan

1. 
“Financial leverage”: total bank debt divided by net equity

The debt service ratios (DSR) shall not be less than 1.35 starting 2020

2. 
“Debt service ratio”: cash operating profit after tax plus depreciation for the financial year less annual maintenance 
on machinery and equipment adding cash balance divided by total financial payments.

“Cash operating profit”: Operating profit after tax, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, is calculated as 
follows: Net income after tax and unusual items adding Interest expense, Depreciation, Amortisation and provisions 
excluding tax related provisions less interest income and Investment income and gains from extraordinary items

“Financial payments”: current portion of long-term debt including finance lease payments, interest expense and 
fees and dividends distributions. 

3. 
The current ratios shall not be less than 1.
“Current ratios”: Current assets divided current liabilities.

The terms and conditions of outstanding loans are as follows:

Currency

Nominal interest rate

Maturity 

31 Dec 20 

31 Dec 19 

CIB - BANK

AUB - BANK 

EGP

EGP

CBE corridor rate*+1%

CBE corridor rate*+1%

Apr-22

Apr-26

Amount held as:

Current liability

Non- current liability 

38,654

54,379

93,033

25,416

67,617

93,033

64,070 

42,651 

106,721 

25,416 

81,305 

106,721

*As at 31 December 2020 corridor rate 9.25% (2019: 13.25%)  

Contingent liabilities
As required by article 134 of the labour law on Vocational Guidance and Training issued by the Egyptian Government 
in 2003, Al Borg Laboratory Company and Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs are required to conform to the 
requirements set out by that law to provide 1% of net profits each year into a training fund. Integrated Diagnostics 
Holdings plc have taken legal advice and considered market practice in Egypt relating to this and more specifically 
whether the vocational training courses undertaken by Al Borg Laboratory Company and Al Mokhtabar Company 
for Medical Labs suggest that obligations have been satisfied through training programmes undertaken in-house by 
those entities.  Since the issue of the law on Vocational Guidance and Training, Al Borg Laboratory Company and Al 
Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs have not been requested by the government to pay or have voluntarily paid 
any amounts into the external training fund. Should a claim be brought against Al Borg Laboratory Company and 
Al Mokhtabar Company for Medical Labs, an amount of between EGP 19.5m to EGP 41.4m could become payable, 
however this is not considered probable.

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020 
 
154

Accounting policies
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and 
a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax 
rate if the time value of money is significant.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by 
the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group.

26.  Long-term financial obligations

Lease liabilities building (see note 27)

Lease liabilities Medical equipment (see note 27)

Put option liability*

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

355,856

42,669

31,790

430,315

232,075 

44,287 

30,022

306,384

*According to definitive agreements signed on 15 January 2018 between Dynasty Group Holdings Limited and International Finance Corporation (IFC) 

related to the Eagle Eye-Echo scan transaction, IFC has the option to put it is shares to Dynasty in year 2024. The put option price will be calculated on 

the basis of the fair market value determined by an independent valuer (one of the big four accounting firms).

According to the International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines, there are multiple ways to 
calculate the put option including Discounted Cash Flow, Multiples, Net assets.  Multiple valuation was applied and 
EGP 32 million was calculated as the valuation as at 31 December 2020 (2019; EGP 30.0m). In line with IAS 32 the 
entity has recognised a liability for the present value of the exercise price of the option price. The ramp-up of Echo-
Scan operations driven by the new radiology equipment installed during Q4 2019 in Lago and the following years 
yielding a Compounded Annual Growth Rate of 39% from 2020 to 2025. 

27.  Leases as lessee (IFRS 16)
The Group leases property and equipment. Property leases include branches, warehouse, parking and administra-
tion buildings. The leases typically run for average period from 5-10 years, with an option to renew the lease after 
that date. Lease payments are renegotiated with renovation after the end of the lease term to reflect market rentals. 
For certain leases, the Group is restricted from entering into any sub-lease arrangements. The property leases were 
entered into as combined leases of land and buildings and were previously, classified as operating leases under IAS 
17. The Group has elected not to apply Low-value assets’ exemption.

The Group entered into 2 significant agreements during the year ended 31 December 2015 to service the Group’s state-of-
the-art Mega Lab. The agreement periods are 5 and 8 years which is deemed to reflect the useful life of the equipment. If 
the minimum annual commitment payments are met over the agreement period ownership of the equipment supplied will 
legally transfer to the IDH. The finance asset and liability has been recognised at an amount equal to the fair value of the 
underlying equipment. This is based on the current cost price of the equipment supplied provided by the suppliers of the 
agreement. The implicit interest rate of both finance leases has been estimated to be 11.5%. The equipment is being depreci-
ated based on units of production method as this most closely reflects the consumption of the benefits from the equipment. 
Both agreements have been judged to be US$ denominated due to the future minimum lease payments for the use of the 
equipment and corresponding finance lease liability being directly connected to the US$. These contracts leases were previ-
ously identified as finance leases under IAS 17, with the assets held within property planet and equipment (see note 10).

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020Information about leases for which the Group is lessee is presented below.

a) 

Right-of-use assets

2019
Balance at 1 January
Addition for the year
Depreciation charge for the year
Terminated Contracts
Balance at 31 December

155

Buildings 
2020

EGP’000

264,763
152,030
(60,803)
(1,302)
354,688

Buildings 
2019

EGP’000

213,870 
98,609 
(47,716)

264,763 

Leases liabilities 

b) 
Future minimum lease payments under leases and hire purchase contracts, together with the present value of the net 
minimum lease payments are, as follows:

*Lease liability – laboratory equipment

*Lease liabilities building

Lease liability – other

*The lease liabilities for the laboratory equipment and building are payable as follows:

At 31 December 2020

Less than one year

Between one and five years

More than 5 years

At 31 December 2019

Less than one year

Between one and five years

More than 5 years

2020 
EGP’000

69,123 

389,920 

-

459,043 

2019 
EGP’000

67,690

269,401

982

338,073

Minimum 
lease 
payments

2020

Interest

Principal

2020

2020

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

126,999 

463,646 

131,605 

722,250 

Minimum 
lease 
payments

2019

66,481 

176,312 

20,414 

263,207 

60,518 

287,334 

111,191 

459,043 

Interest

Principal

2019

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

EGP’000

106,436

381,378

87,972

575,786

45,706

169,803

23,186

238,695

60,730

211,575

64,786

337,091

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020156

c) 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Interest on lease liabilities

Expenses related to short-term lease 

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

58,864

13,771

41,491 

4,154 

28.  Related party transactions disclosures
The significant transactions with related parties, their nature volumes and balance during the period 31 December 
2020 and 2019 are as follows:

Rental income
Medical Test analysis

Entity owned by Company’s CEO

588 

793 

Related Party

Nature of transaction Nature of relationship

Life Scan (S.A.E)*

Expenses paid on behalf     Affiliate**

International Fertility (IVF)**

Expenses paid on behalf Affiliate***

Provide service

Provide service

Entity owned by Company’s 
board member
Entity owned by Company’s CEO

Put option liability 

Bio. Lab C.E.O and shareholder 

Put option liability 

Echo-Scan shareholder 

H.C Security

Life Health Care

Dr. Amid  Abd Elnour^
International Finance corpora-
tion (IFC)
Integrated Treatment for 
Kidney Diseases (S.A.E)
Total

Related Party

Nature of transaction Nature of relationship

Life Scan (S.A.E)*

Expenses paid on behalf Affiliate*

International Fertility (IVF)**

Expenses paid on behalf Affiliate**

H.C Security

Life Health Care

Dr. Amid  Abd Elnour^
International Finance corpora-
tion (IFC)
Integrated Treatment for 
Kidney Diseases (S.A.E)

Provide service

Provide service

Entity owned by Company’s 
board member
Entity owned by Company’s CEO

Put option liability 

Bio. Lab C.E.O and shareholder 

Put option liability 

Echo-Scan shareholder 

Rental income
Medical Test analysis

Entity owned by Company’s CEO

Total

31-Dec-20

Transaction 
amount of 
the year

Amount due 
from

EGP’000

EGP’000

6

(3,449)

 (412) 

(11,058)

(83,126)

(1,757)

350 

1,767 

(76)

(363)

(282,267)

(31,790)

(311,586)

31-Dec-19

Transaction 
amount of 
the year

Amount due 
from

EGP’000

EGP’000

14 

(584)

(268)

 (6,774)

(67,470)

(16,431)

344 

377 

344 

5,216 

(78)

(3)

(199,141)

(30,033)

631 

(223,064)

* Life Scan is a company whose shareholders include Dr. Moamena Kamel ( founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs).

** International Fertility (IVF) is a company whose shareholders include Dr. Moamena Kamel ( founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs).

*** Chief Executive Officer Dr. Hend El-Sherbini and her mother, Dr. Moamena Kamel jointly hold the 25.5% of shares held by Hena Holdings which 

include  the  described  voting  rights  on  Page  95.  Hena  Holdings  is  a  related  party  and  received  dividends  of  USD  7,151,925  in  year  2020  and  USD 

6,731,223 received in year 2019.

^ Dr. Amid Abd Elnour receives EGP 5,277,376 in relation to Office Rent (in addition to his salary).

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020 
 
157

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
The transactions with the related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transac-
tions. Outstanding balances at the year-end are unsecured and interest free and settlement occurs in cash. There 
have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables or payables. For the year ended 31 
December  2020,  the  Group  has  not  recorded  any  impairment  of  receivables  relating  to  amounts  owed  by  related 
parties (2019: nil). This assessment is undertaken each financial year through examining the financial position of the 
related party and the market in which the related party operates.

IDH opts to pay up to 1% of the net after-tax profit of the subsidiaries Al Borg and Al Mokhtabar to the Moamena 
Kamel Foundation for Training and Skill Development. Established in 2006 by Dr. Moamena Kamel, a Professor of 
Pathology at Cairo University and founder of IDH subsidiary Al-Mokhtabar Labs and mother to the CEO Dr. Hend 
El Sherbini. The Foundation allocates this sum to organisations and groups in need of assistance. The foundation 
deploys an integrated program and vision for the communities it helps that include economic, social, and healthcare 
development initiatives. In 2020 EGP 6,510K (2019: EGP 5,259K) was paid to the foundation by the IDH Group.

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
The amounts disclosed in the table are the amounts recognised as an expense during the reporting period related to 
key management personnel.

Short-term employee benefits

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

2020

2019

EGP’000

EGP’000

51,556

51,556

43,088 

43,088 

Integrated Diagnostics HoldingsAnnual Report 2020158

29.  Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from 
financing activities 

EGP’000 

Balance at 1 January 2020

Proceeds from loans and borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Payment of leases liabilities 

Interest paid 

Total changes from financing cash flows 

New leases signed in the period 

Terminated contracts during the year

Interest expense 

Total liability-related other changes 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

EGP’000 

Balance at 1 January 2019 

Proceeds from loans and borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Payment of leases liabilities 

Interest paid 

Total changes from financing cash flows 

Capitalised borrowing costs 

Implementation of IFRS 16 

New leases signed in the period 

Interest expense 

Total Liability – related other changes

Balance as at 31 December 2019

 Other 
loans and 
borrowings

111,750

11,727

(25,416)

-

(14,160)

(27,849)

12,553

12,553

96,455

 Other 
loans and 
borrowings

133,039 

5,283 

(25,416)

-

(21,165)

(41,298)

-

-

-

20,009 

20,009

111,750

 Lease 
liabilities

338,073

-   

-   

(42,745)

(59,576)

(102,231)

166,339

(1,911)

58,864

223,291 

459,043 

 Lease 
liabilities

90,581 

-   

(64,451)

(42,027)

(106,478)

-   

213,870 

98,609 

41,491 

353,970

338,073

Financial Statements  •  Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2020IDHCORP.COM